WO2006059671A1 - Tape holding body and label creation device - Google Patents

Tape holding body and label creation device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006059671A1
WO2006059671A1 PCT/JP2005/022064 JP2005022064W WO2006059671A1 WO 2006059671 A1 WO2006059671 A1 WO 2006059671A1 JP 2005022064 W JP2005022064 W JP 2005022064W WO 2006059671 A1 WO2006059671 A1 WO 2006059671A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
tape
tag
holder
tape holder
label
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2005/022064
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Kunihiro Yasui
Nobu Okuda
Mitsuo Hirota
Original Assignee
Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2004349313A external-priority patent/JP2006159413A/en
Priority claimed from JP2005041784A external-priority patent/JP4678205B2/en
Application filed by Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha filed Critical Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
Publication of WO2006059671A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006059671A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J15/00Devices or arrangements of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, specially adapted for supporting or handling copy material in continuous form, e.g. webs
    • B41J15/04Supporting, feeding, or guiding devices; Mountings for web rolls or spindles
    • B41J15/042Supporting, feeding, or guiding devices; Mountings for web rolls or spindles for loading rolled-up continuous copy material into printers, e.g. for replacing a used-up paper roll; Point-of-sale printers with openable casings allowing access to the rolled-up continuous copy material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J3/00Typewriters or selective printing or marking mechanisms characterised by the purpose for which they are constructed
    • B41J3/407Typewriters or selective printing or marking mechanisms characterised by the purpose for which they are constructed for marking on special material
    • B41J3/4075Tape printers; Label printers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to, for example, a tape holder for holding a label tape for creating a label to be attached for sorting and organizing various documents / articles, and a label producing apparatus using the same.
  • a roll in which a tape to be printed is wound and stored on a substantially cylindrical reel member (tape core) and a roll in which an ink ribbon is wound and stored are stored in a tape holder (tape force cartridge). Then, this tape holder is attached to a label producing apparatus equipped with a print head or the like. Then, while unwinding the roll force of the tape to be printed and the ink ribbon, respectively, the ink ribbon is brought into contact with the tape to be printed and printing is performed to produce a tape with printing.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-181132
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-34331
  • the wireless tag circuit element provided in the wireless tag includes an IC circuit unit that stores predetermined information and an antenna unit that is connected to the IC circuit unit and transmits / receives information. Read / write information to / from the IC circuit from the reader Z writer side, even in cases where it is placed in an invisible or visible position, and in various fields such as product management and inspection processes.
  • practical use is expected!
  • Such a wireless tag is usually formed by providing a wireless tag circuit element on a label-like material, and this tag label is often attached to a target article.
  • this wireless tag it is very convenient to print the character information along with the tag itself. Therefore, by applying the technology of the above-described conventional tape printing device, a roll and an ink ribbon that are wound by storing a tag tape in which wireless tag circuit elements are arranged at predetermined intervals on a substantially cylindrical reel member are connected. It is conceivable to store the roll stored in a tape holder (tape cartridge) and attach the tape holder to the RFID label producing apparatus to produce a tag tape with printing.
  • a first object of the present invention is to provide a tape holder that can prevent the occurrence of tape slack when removed from the apparatus side.
  • a second object of the present invention is to provide a tape holder capable of preventing the occurrence of tape slack at the time of detachment by reliably preventing the reel member cover from separating the tag tape. .
  • a third object of the present invention is to provide a tape holder capable of preventing tape slack at the time of removal by realizing a tape detent function when not in use without adding another member. And it is providing the label production apparatus using the same.
  • a first invention is a tape holder that holds a label tape so that the label tape can be fed out, the reel member around which the label tape is wound, and the label tape And a support portion for rotatably supporting the reel member.
  • the reel member that winds the label tape is rotatably supported by the support portion, and the support portion includes the loosening prevention means.
  • the slack prevention means can prevent the tape from being slackened.
  • the reel member is the label tape.
  • the tag side antenna which is connected to this and stores the predetermined information and transmits / receives information, but a plurality of tag tapes arranged in the longitudinal direction are wound in a roll shape.
  • the reel member force as the slack preventing means is a tape holder that includes a roll preventing means for preventing the roll-shaped tag tape from being loosened, and rotatably supports the reel member. Access information for accessing the tag information is generated, and the access information is transmitted to the tag-side antenna in a non-contact manner by wireless communication so as to be detachable from the label producing apparatus for accessing the wireless tag information.
  • the tape holder which is a fixed-side member that rotatably supports the reel member
  • the reel member is frequently removed and attached to the tape holder. Even so, the reel member force roll tag tape can be reliably prevented from coming loose. As a result, the looseness does not cause uneven transport or printing problems, and it is not necessary to rewind the loose tape when reattaching.
  • a third invention is the above-mentioned second invention, wherein the anti-scattering means is a notch for inserting and locking the longitudinal direction end or the widthwise edge of the tag tape.
  • a fourth invention is the above-mentioned third invention, wherein the tape holder includes a first side wall portion and a second side wall portion disposed on both sides in the axial direction of the reel member so as to be substantially orthogonal to the axis.
  • the side wall portion has a tag tape specifying portion for specifying the type of the tag tape in cooperation with the sensor means disposed on the label producing apparatus, and the notch portion is connected to the side wall portion. And provided on at least one of the one side wall portion, the other side wall portion, and the tag tape specifying portion.
  • a longitudinal end portion or a width direction end portion of the tag tape is inserted into a notch portion provided in at least one of the one side wall portion, the other side wall portion, and the tag tape specific portion of the tape holder. By stopping, it is possible to directly prevent the tape itself from spreading outward in the radial direction.
  • a fifth invention is the above-described third or fourth invention, wherein the above is disposed on one side in the width direction of the tag tape, and the cutout portion includes the one side wall and the other side. It is provided in the side wall part corresponding to the said width direction other side among side wall parts.
  • a notch is provided on the side opposite to the side on which the RFID tag circuit element is provided, and the tape on the opposite side is inserted and locked into the notch so that the RFID tag The road element can be prevented from being adversely affected.
  • the scatter prevention means is disposed so as to rotatably support both sides of the reel member in the axial direction on the tape holder.
  • the distance between the reel member supporting parts is separated from each other, while when the reel member is removed from the label producing apparatus, the distance between the reel member supporting parts is reduced and the side surface of the roll-shaped tag tape is moved.
  • the one side wall part and the other side wall part configured to be pressed.
  • a seventh invention is the above-mentioned sixth invention, wherein the tag tape is disposed on one side in the width direction of the tag tape, and on one side in the width direction of the one side wall portion and the other side wall portion.
  • the corresponding side wall portion has a larger area than the side wall portion corresponding to the other side in the width direction.
  • the tape holder has one side wall portion and the other side wall portion disposed on both sides in the axial direction of the reel member so as to be substantially orthogonal to the axis.
  • the scatter prevention means is connected to the one side wall and the other side wall so as to be slidable in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the reel member in the tape holder, and the tape
  • the reel member force slides in a direction away from the reel, while when the tape holder is removed from the label producing device, the holder is slid in the direction approaching the reel member to remove the roll-shaped tag tape.
  • a slide pressing member configured to press.
  • the slide pressing member force provided as a means for preventing the tape holder from being loosened
  • the reel member is allowed to slide away from the reel member to allow the reel member to rotate.
  • it slides in the direction approaching the reel member and presses the rolled tag tape, thereby preventing the entire rolled tag tape from rotating. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the roll-shaped tag tape from loosening and separating from the reel member.
  • the slide pressing member includes a pressing portion that contacts and presses a portion other than the portion of the tag tape.
  • the pressing portion is applied only to the other portion, avoiding the portion where the RFID circuit element is provided. By making the contact, the RFID tag circuit element can be prevented from being adversely affected by the pressing.
  • the tape holder is formed of a metal member having an electromagnetic wave shielding function.
  • the inside and outside of the tape holder can be shielded, so that erroneous reading and writing can be reliably prevented from being accidentally performed on the RFID tag circuit element of the tag tape by radio waves generated by the external force of the tape holder. can do.
  • the support portion is a front part as the loosening prevention means.
  • This is a housing that is provided with a switching support mechanism that can support the reel member by switching the reel member to be rotatable or impossible, and to support the reel member in a rotatable manner.
  • the label tape can be fed into the housing. Store.
  • the reel member wound with the label tape is switched to be rotatable or impossible by the switching support mechanism, so that the reel member can be rotated at the time of producing the label.
  • the tape can be fed out, and the reel member cannot be rotated to prevent the operator from inadvertently pulling out the label tape due to vibration.
  • the switching support mechanism is integrally provided in the casing of the tape holder that stores the tape for labeling, unlike the conventional structure, there is no need to add another member to the tape holder. Since the tape detent function can be realized, cost reduction and space saving can be achieved.
  • the switching support mechanism is provided integrally with the casing, and is provided with an elastic box member elastically deformable radially inward or outward of the reel member.
  • the reel member Utilizing the elastic deformability of the elastic boss member toward the inside (or outside) of the reel member in the radial direction, the reel member can be rotated when deformed in the inside (or outside) in the radial direction, and the deformation force is also restored. In such a case, by making the reel member non-rotatable, it is possible to realize a function of switching the reel member to be rotatable or impossible.
  • the elastic boss member includes a rotation stop portion that engages or contacts with the inner side or the outer side in the radial direction of the reel member so as not to rotate.
  • the reel member By engaging or contacting the rotation stop portion of the elastic boss member, which is deformable inward (or outward) in the radial direction, with the radial inner side (or outward) of the reel member, the reel member can be reliably rotated. This prevents the label tape from being inadvertently pulled out by the operator.
  • the reel member is provided with an engagement concave portion on an inner side or an outer side in the radial direction, and the rotation stopper is disposed on the outer side or the inner side in the radial direction.
  • An engaging convex portion engageable with the concave portion is provided.
  • the engaging protrusion provided on the radially outer side (or the inner side) of the rotation stopper is formed in the radial direction of the reel member.
  • the engaging convex portion of the rotation stop portion is provided at three or four circumferential directions, and the engaging concave portion of the reel member is the engaging concave portion. It is provided at a location that is an integral multiple of the number of locations of the convex portions.
  • the rotation stop portion has a rough surface area which is in contact with the inner side or the outer side of the reel member and cannot be rotated on the outer side or the inner side in the radial direction.
  • a function of making the reel member non-rotatable can be realized by bringing the rough surface area provided on the radially outer side or the inner side of the rotation stop portion into contact with the radially inner side or the outer side of the reel member.
  • the elastic boss member is driven inward or outward in the radial direction to contact the reel member of the rotation stop portion.
  • a driven operation unit that releases the engagement and makes the reel member rotatable is provided.
  • the driven operation unit When the tape holder is attached to the label producing apparatus side with respect to the reel member in which the rotation stopper is engaged or brought into contact with the inner side or the outer side in the radial direction and cannot be rotated, the driven operation unit is in the radial direction. By driving the inner side or the outer side, the driven operation portion can release the contact or engagement with the reel member of the rotation stop portion, and the reel member can be rotated.
  • An eighteenth invention is the tag tape according to any one of the eleventh to seventeenth inventions, wherein the label tape is a plurality of labels arranged at a predetermined pitch in a longitudinal direction.
  • the label tape is a tag tape in which RFID circuit elements are arranged at a predetermined pitch
  • the RFID circuit elements arranged at the predetermined pitch are positioned and information is written to the RFID circuit element or Read to create a RFID label. others Therefore, by preventing inadvertent pulling out of the label tape due to an operator or vibration, the positioning error of the RFID circuit element can be prevented, and the reliability of tag label production can be improved.
  • the nineteenth invention provides a housing, an elastic boss member integrally provided in the housing and elastically deformable radially inward or outward, and a diameter of the elastic boss member
  • a holding body holder portion for holding a tape holding body having a reel member around which the label tape is wound, which is rotatably arranged on the outer side or the inner side in the direction, and the tape holding body held by the holding body holder portion.
  • Drive means for driving the reel member to feed out the label tape.
  • the reel member is driven by the driving means in a state where the tape holder is attached to the holder holder portion, and a label is produced using the fed label tape.
  • the elastic deformation property of the elastic boss member toward the inner side (or outer side) in the radial direction is utilized.
  • the reel member located inside) can be rotated, while the reel member cannot be rotated when returning from deformation, so that the reel member can be rotated and the reel tape can be fed out when the label is created. In other cases, the reel member cannot be rotated to prevent the operator from inadvertently pulling out the label tape.
  • the holder holder part is configured to drive the driven operation part provided in the elastic boss part member inward or outward in the radial direction so that the elastic boss part member is A drive operation unit that elastically deforms radially inward or outward is provided.
  • the driving operation portion of the elastic boss member is driven by the drive operation portion.
  • the reel member can be released and rotated by driving it radially inward (or outward) and elastically deforming it.
  • the drive operation portion is a substantially tapered surface that guides radially inward or outward as the driven operation portion is inserted.
  • the elastic boss member When the driven operation portion is inserted, the elastic boss member is deformed inward (or outward) in the radial direction by guiding the elastic boss member radially inward (or outward) with a substantially tapered surface, and the elastic boss
  • the reel member located on the radially outer side (or inner side) of the member can be made rotatable.
  • the positioning accuracy of the label tape at the time of driving the driving means is the diameter of the reel member of the tape holder.
  • Control means for controlling the drive so that the engagement recess provided on the inner side or the outer side in the direction and the engagement convex portion provided on the outer side or the inner side in the radial direction of the elastic boss member are larger than a margin dimension at the time of engagement.
  • the reel member is made by reducing the margin dimension (gutter) at the time of engagement between the engaging concave portion of the reel member and the engaging convex portion of the elastic boss member to be smaller than the positioning accuracy of the label tape of the driving means. Even if a misalignment occurs when the device is set to the non-rotatable (locked) state and then returned to the rotatable state, it does not affect the positioning when the drive means is driven and label creation is started. Can be.
  • a twenty-third invention is the device according to any one of the nineteenth to twenty-second inventions, wherein information is transmitted and received by wireless communication with a plurality of tag tapes arranged at a predetermined pitch as the label tape.
  • -Side antenna and information access means for generating access information to the device, transmitting the information to the device via the device-side antenna, and writing information to the IC circuit unit or reading information from the IC circuit unit And have.
  • the label tape is a tag tape in which a plurality of RFID circuit elements are arranged at a predetermined pitch
  • the RFID circuit elements arranged at the predetermined pitch are positioned, and information access means is provided for the RFID circuit elements.
  • the access information generated in (1) is sent from the antenna on the device side, and the RFID label is created by writing or reading the information. For this reason, by preventing the operator from inadvertently pulling out the label tape due to vibration, the positioning error of the RFID circuit element can be prevented, and the reliability of tag label production can be improved.
  • the anti-scattering means is provided on the tape holder which is a fixed side member for rotatably supporting the reel member, the roll-shaped tag tape is loosened from the reel member. It can be surely prevented from spreading.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a label producing apparatus provided with a tag tape roll body according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a state where the upper cover of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 is removed.
  • FIG. 3 is a side view of the structure shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX ′ in FIG.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing a state in which an upper cover and a tag tape roll are removed from the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1, and an enlarged perspective view of a W portion in FIG. 3 (A).
  • FIG. 6 is a rear perspective view showing a state where the upper cover of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 is removed.
  • FIG. 7 is a side cross-sectional view showing a state where the tape holder is attached to the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1, with the upper cover removed.
  • FIG. 8 is a functional block diagram showing a functional configuration of an RFID tag circuit element provided in the tag tape.
  • FIG. 9 is a conceptual diagram showing a control system of the label producing apparatus.
  • FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of a high-frequency circuit.
  • FIG. 11 is a front perspective view of the tag tape roll body showing a detailed structure, and a perspective view from the lower rear side.
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the tape holder with an oblique rear side force and a perspective view of an oblique forward side force.
  • FIG. 13 is a left side view, a front view, and a right side view showing the detailed structure of the tape holder.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view taken along an arrow Y-section in FIG. 13 (A).
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line ZZ ′ in FIG. 13 (A).
  • FIG. 16 is a view showing an example in which a sensor hole indicating the type of tag tape is formed in the tape discriminating portion of the positioning holding member.
  • FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of the mounting behavior of the tape holder on the label producing apparatus side.
  • FIGS. 18A and 18B are a top view and a bottom view showing an example of the appearance of a wireless tag label.
  • FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along the XIX-XIX ′ section in FIG.
  • FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram conceptually showing the effect of preventing the notch from being scattered.
  • FIG. 21 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a modification example in which rotation is stopped by sandwiching the core.
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram showing the behavior when the operator attaches the tape holder.
  • FIG. 23 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a modification in which an upper lid member is provided.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view of the tape holder as viewed obliquely from the rear side.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram showing the behavior when the tape holder is attached to the label producing apparatus side.
  • FIG. 26 is an explanatory diagram conceptually showing the behavior of the tag tape when the tape holder is removed and the tag tape released when the tape holder is attached.
  • FIG. 27 is a system configuration diagram showing a wireless tag generation system to which a label producing apparatus including a label tape roll according to an embodiment of the present invention is applied.
  • FIG. 28 is a conceptual block diagram showing the detailed structure of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 29 is a top view showing the external structure of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective view showing the external structure of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 31 is an explanatory view showing the conceptual structure of the cartridge shown in FIG. 28 together with the detailed enlarged structure of the base tape.
  • FIG. 32 is a side sectional view showing the mounting structure of the cartridge housing of the reel member of the first roll, and a bottom view as seen from the direction P in FIG. 32 (a).
  • FIG. 34 is an essential part extraction perspective view showing a detailed structure of a portion corresponding to the claw portion located in the vicinity of the substantially arc-shaped portion of the cartridge holder portion.
  • FIG. 35 is a perspective view conceptually showing a state where a cartridge including the reel member shown in FIG. 33 is attached.
  • FIG. 36 is an explanatory diagram showing the attachment behavior when the cartridge is attached to the cartridge holder portion of the housing.
  • FIG. 37 is a top view and a bottom view showing an example of the appearance of a wireless tag label.
  • FIG. 38 is a cross sectional view taken along a section XXXVIII-XXXVIII ′ in FIG.
  • FIG. 39 is a diagram illustrating an example of a screen displayed on a terminal or a general-purpose computer when wireless tag information is written or read.
  • FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit shown in FIG. 28.
  • FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of step S500 in FIG.
  • FIG. 42 is a side sectional view showing a cartridge housing mounting structure of a reel member in a modified example related to the reel rotation stop structure, and a bottom view seen from the Q direction in FIG. 42 (a).
  • FIG. 43 is a side sectional view showing a cartridge housing mounting structure of a reel member in another modified example related to the reel rotation stop structure, and a bottom view of the force in the R direction in FIG. 43 (a).
  • FIG. 44 is a side sectional view showing a mounting structure of a cartridge housing of a reel member in still another modified example related to the reel rotation stop structure, and a bottom view seen from the S direction in FIG. 44 (a).
  • FIG. 45 is a side sectional view showing a cartridge housing mounting structure of a reel member in a modified example related to the reel rotation stop structure, and a bottom view of the force in the T direction in FIG. 45 (a).
  • This is a flow chart showing the RFID tag information reading / printing process executed by the control circuit.
  • FIG. 47 is a side sectional view and a main part extraction perspective view showing a schematic structure of a main part of a modified example in which the relationship between the radially inner and outer sides is reversed.
  • a Tag tape (label tape)
  • Boss part (elastic boss member, switching support mechanism) 01 ⁇ Boss part (elastic boss member, switching support mechanism) 02 Protrusion part (engagement convex part, anti-rotation part) 602 'Projection with gear (engagement projection, rotation stop)
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a label producing apparatus (tag label producing apparatus) provided with a tag tape roll body as a tape holder of the present embodiment.
  • a label producing device 1 (wireless tag information communication device) is arranged so as to face a main body housing 2, an upper cover 5 made of transparent resin, and a substantially central portion on the front side of the upper cover 5. It consists of a tray 6 made of transparent resin, a power button 7 arranged on the front side of this tray 6, and a cutter lever 9 at the same force.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a state in which the upper cover 5 of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 is removed.
  • the tape holder 3 is accommodated in the tape holder accommodating portion 4.
  • the tape holder 3 includes a positioning holding member 12 and a guide member 20, and a tag tape 3A having a predetermined width as a label tape is wound so as to be rotatable. That is, the guide member 20 as the one side wall portion and the positioning holding member 12 as the other side wall portion are provided on both sides in the axial direction of the tag tape 3A so as to be substantially orthogonal to the axis.
  • the upper cover 5 described above covers the upper end of the rear side so as to cover the upper side of the tape holder housing 4. It is attached to the edge so that it can be opened and closed.
  • a holder support member 15 is provided at one side edge in a direction substantially perpendicular to the transport direction of the tape holder storage portion 4, and the holder support member 15 has a front view that opens upward.
  • a first U-shaped first positioning groove 16 is formed.
  • the mounting member 13 that protrudes outward from the positioning and holding member 12 and has a vertically long cross-sectional shape that is narrow in the downward direction when viewed from the front is formed to have a width in the downward direction.
  • the holder is supported in the holder support member 15 by being in close contact with the narrow first positioning groove 16. Note that the protruding height dimension of the mounting member 13 is formed to be substantially equal to the width dimension of the first positioning groove 16.
  • a lever 27 is provided at the front end in the transport direction of the other side end edge of the tape holder storage portion 4. Further, in the above-described tag tape 3A, the RFID tag circuit element To force provided with the IC circuit portion 150 and the antenna 151 In this example, the tag tape 3A is provided so as to be biased toward one side in the width direction of the tag tape 3A (the guide member 20 side).
  • FIG. 3 is a side view of the structure shown in FIG.
  • the tag tape 3A has a three-layer structure in this example (see a partially enlarged view), and is on the opposite side (lower right in FIG. 3) from the side wound outward (upper left in FIG. 3).
  • the paper is laminated in the following order: release paper 3a, adhesive layer 3b, and long thermal paper (so-called thermal paper) 3c having self-coloring properties.
  • an IC circuit unit 150 for storing information is integrally provided in this example, and the above-described IC is provided on the back side of the thermal paper 3c.
  • An antenna 151 that is connected to the circuit unit 150 and transmits / receives information is formed, and the IC circuit unit 150 and the antenna 151 constitute the RFID circuit element To.
  • the release paper 3a is bonded to the thermal paper 3c by the adhesive layer 3b on the back side of the thermal paper 3c (upper left in FIG. 3). This release paper 3a is designed such that when the finally completed RFID label T is affixed to a predetermined product or the like, it can be adhered to the product or the like by the adhesive layer 3b by peeling it off.
  • a power cord 10 is connected to one side end of the back surface of the main body housing 2.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX ′ in FIG.
  • the tag tape 3A is wound around a core (reel member) 3B in a roll shape.
  • the tag tape roll body (tape holding body) 100 of this embodiment is configured by force with the tag tape 3A and the core 3B, and the tape holder 3 provided with the positioning holding member 12, the guide member 20, and the like.
  • a substantially cylindrical holder shaft member 40 is provided so as to be disposed in the axial direction on the inner peripheral side of the core 3B.
  • the tape holder 3 is mainly composed of the positioning holding member 12, the guide member 20, and the holder shaft member 40.
  • An engagement recess 15A is formed at the inner base end of the holder support member 15, and an elastic locking piece 12A projecting from the lower end of the positioning holding member 12 with respect to the engagement recess 15A. Is engaged.
  • a positioning recess 4A having a horizontally long rectangular shape in a plan view substantially perpendicular to the inner base end portion force conveying direction of the holder support member 15 has a predetermined depth (for example, about 1. 5 to 3 mm).
  • a control board 32 on which a control circuit unit for driving and controlling each mechanism unit by an external personal computer command is provided below the tape holder storage unit 4.
  • the width dimension of the positioning recess 4A in the conveying direction is formed so as to be substantially equal to the width dimension of the respective lower end edges of the positioning holding member 12 and the guide member 20 constituting the tape holder 3.
  • a tape discriminating section 60 (described later in FIGS. 11 to 13) is provided at the inner base end of the holder supporting member 15 of the positioning recess 4A and extends from the lower end edge of the positioning holding member 12 in a substantially perpendicular inner direction. (See also)) is the discrimination recess 4B.
  • This discrimination recess 4B is a rectangular shape in plan view that is vertically long in the transport direction, and is formed to be deeper by a predetermined depth (for example, about 1.5 to 3 mm) than the positioning recess 4A. Yes.
  • a predetermined depth for example, about 1.5 to 3 mm
  • push type micro switch isotropic force is provided, and four tape discrimination sensors Sl, S2, S3, S4 for discriminating the type of tag tape 3A are provided in a substantially L shape in this example. ing.
  • Each of these tape discrimination sensors S1 to S4 has a known mechanical switch force composed of a plunger and a microswitch and the like, and the upper end of each plunger extends from the bottom of the discrimination recess 4B to the bottom of the positioning recess 4A. Thrust to the vicinity It is provided to exit. Then, it is detected whether or not each of the tape discrimination sensors S1 to S4 has each sensor hole (described later) of the tape discrimination section 60, and the tag tape 3A mounted on the tape holder 3 by the on / off signal is detected. The type of is to be detected.
  • FIG. 5 (A) and FIG. 5 (B) are a perspective view showing a state in which the upper cover and the tag tape roll are removed from the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1, and FIG. It is an expansion perspective view.
  • a placement portion 21 on which the tip end portion of the guide member 20 constituting the tape holder 3 is placed is provided.
  • the mounting portion 21 extends substantially horizontally from the rear end edge portion of the insertion port 18 into which the tag tape 3A is inserted to the front upper end edge portion of the tape holder storage portion 4. Note that the distal end portion of the guide member 20 is extended to the insertion port 18.
  • second positioning groove portions 22A to 22D having a substantially L-shaped cross section corresponding to a plurality of width dimensions of the tag tape 3A are provided at the edge corners on the rear side in the transport direction of the placement portion 21. Formed. Each of the second positioning groove portions 22A to 22D is formed so that a part of the portion of the guide member 20 constituting the tape holder 3 that comes into contact with the placement portion 21 can be fitted with an upward force.
  • the positioning recess 4A described above is provided from the inner base end of the holder support member 15 to a position facing the second positioning groove 22A.
  • the tag tape tool body (tape holder) 100 of the present embodiment which includes the core 3B, the tag tape 3A, and the tape holder 3, has the mounting member 13 of the positioning member 12 as the first of the holder support member 15.
  • An elastic locking piece 12A that is fitted in the positioning groove 16 and protrudes from the lower end of the positioning member 12 is engaged with an engagement recess 15A formed at the inner base end of the holder support member 15, and the guide
  • the lower surface of the tip end of the member 20 is fitted into each of the second positioning groove portions 22A to 22D, and the lower end portion of the guide member 20 is fitted into the positioning recess 4A and brought into contact therewith, so that the tape holder storage portion 4 is detachable. Attached to.
  • FIG. 6 is a rear perspective view showing a state in which the upper cover of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 is removed.
  • a guide rib portion 23 is erected on the side edge of the insertion port 18 on the holder support member 15 side. Further, the side edge (on the left edge in FIG. 6) of the insertion port 18 on the holder support member 15 side is the positioning member 1 fitted into the holder support member 15. It is formed so as to be in a position facing the inner end face of 2.
  • the other side end portion of the back surface of the main body housing 2 is provided with a connector portion 11 that is configured with a USB (Universal Serial Bus) equivalent force connected to a personal computer (not shown) or the like. It is.
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • FIG. 7 is a side sectional view showing a state in which the tape holder is attached to the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1, with the upper cover removed.
  • a cutter unit 8 is provided which is moved left and right by the cutter lever 9 provided on the front side surface so as to be movable left and right.
  • the upstream side of the cutter unit 8 in the tape 3A conveyance direction (FIG.)
  • a thermal head 31 for performing printing is provided at the lower part of the right side of 7, and a platen roller 26 is provided at a position facing the thermal head 31.
  • the thermal head 31 is moved away from the platen roller 26 by rotating the lever 27 for the up-and-down movement operation upward to move away from the platen roller 26.
  • the tag tape 3A is pressed and urged against the platen roller 26 to be ready for printing.
  • the lever 27 is rotated upward, and one side edge of the tag tape 3A is brought into contact with the inner surface of the guide member 20, while the tag tape 3A
  • the tag tape 3A By inserting the other side end edge portion into the insertion port 18 while abutting the guide rib portion 23 standing on the side edge portion of the insertion port 18 and rotating the lever 27 downward, Printing is possible.
  • the tag tape 3A inserted from the insertion port 18 is urged to be pressed toward the platen roller 26 by the line-type thermal head 31.
  • the platen roller 26 is rotationally driven by a pulse motor (or a stepping motor or the like, see FIG.
  • the thermal head 31 is driven and controlled so that the tag tape 3A is conveyed and sequentially printed on the printing surface.
  • Image data can be printed, and access (information reading or writing) to the IC circuit unit 150 is performed through the antenna 151 of the RFID tag circuit element To via the antenna 204 located downstream in the conveyance direction.
  • the printed tag tape 3A discharged onto the tray 6 is cut by the cutter unit 8 by moving the force lever 9 in the right direction, and the RFID label T (which will be described later) having the RFID circuit element To (described later). (See Figure 18) It is.
  • FIG. 8 is a functional block diagram showing a functional configuration of the RFID circuit element To included in the tag tape 3A.
  • the RFID circuit element To is connected to the antenna 204 on the label producing apparatus 1 side and the antenna 151 that transmits and receives signals in a non-contact manner using a high frequency such as the UHF band.
  • the IC circuit unit 150 is connected.
  • the IC circuit unit 150 rectifies the carrier wave received by the antenna 151, and accumulates energy of the carrier wave rectified by the rectification unit 152 to serve as a driving power source for the IC circuit unit 150.
  • the power supply unit 153, the carrier wave power received by the antenna 151, also extracts a clock signal and supplies it to the control unit 157, and the memory unit 155 functions as an information storage unit that can store a predetermined information signal.
  • a modulation / demodulation unit 156 connected to the antenna 151, and the control unit 157 for controlling the operation of the RFID circuit element To via the rectification unit 152, the clock extraction unit 154, the modulation / demodulation unit 156, etc. It is equipped with.
  • Modulator / demodulator 156 receives the antenna of label producing apparatus 1 received by antenna 151.
  • the communication signal from 204 is demodulated and based on the response signal from the control unit 157.
  • the carrier wave received from the antenna 204 is modulated and reflected.
  • the control unit 157 interprets the received signal demodulated by the modulation / demodulation unit 156, generates a reply signal based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 155, and then generates the modulation / demodulation signal.
  • the basic control such as the control of returning by 156 is executed.
  • FIG. 9 is a conceptual diagram showing the control system of label producing apparatus 1.
  • the tag tape 3A wound around the core 3B has a plurality of RFID tag circuit elements To arranged at one end in the width direction (lower side in FIG. 9) as described above.
  • the other side in the width direction of each RFID circuit element To (the upper side in FIG. 9) is a print area S in which printing corresponding to each RFID circuit element To is performed by the thermal head 31.
  • the antenna 204 is used to transmit and receive signals to and from the RFID tag circuit element To provided in the tag tape 3A by radio communication using high-frequency waves such as the UHF band.
  • the tape lever 3A is operated by the cutter lever 9 as described above. As a result, the RFID tag label T is generated by being cut by the cutter unit 8 at a desired timing.
  • the label producing apparatus 1 detects the presence or absence of the tag tape 3A in the transport path leading to the carry-out exit E (and corresponds to the position of the RFID circuit element To on the release paper 3a described later of the tag tape 3A) (The identification mark provided may be detected), the platen roller 26 for conveying the tag tape 3A and the cut RFID tag T to the carry-out port E and sending it out, and the antenna 204.
  • the control circuit 210 is a so-called microcomputer, and detailed illustration is omitted. However, the control circuit 210 is composed of a central processing unit such as a CPU, a ROM, and a RAM, and uses a temporary storage function of the RAM. Signal processing is performed according to a program stored in advance.
  • the control circuit 210 is powered by the power supply circuit 211A and connected to, for example, a communication line via the communication circuit 211B.
  • the route sano (not shown) connected to the communication line, other terminals, general-purpose computers, information servers, etc. Exchange of information is possible.
  • FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the high-frequency circuit 201.
  • the high-frequency circuit 201 includes a transmission unit 212 that transmits a signal to the RFID circuit element To via the antenna 204, and the RFID circuit element To that is received by the antenna 204. And a receiving / separating device 214.
  • the transmission unit 212 generates a carrier wave for accessing (reading and writing to) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element
  • a crystal oscillator 215A, PLL (Phased Locked Loop) 215B and VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 215C and the generated carrier wave are modulated based on the signal supplied from the signal processing circuit 212 (in this example, the “TX-ASK” signal from the signal processing circuit 212 is converted to Transmission multiplication circuit 216 (amplitude modulation based on this) (however, in the case of amplitude modulation, a variable amplification factor amplifier or the like may be used) and the modulated wave modulated by the transmission multiplication circuit 216 (in this example, the control circuit)
  • a transmission amplifier 217 for amplifying the amplification factor determined by the “TX-PWR” signal from 210.
  • the output of the transmission amplifier 217 is transmitted to the antenna 204 via the transmission / reception separator 214 and supplied to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To.
  • the RFID tag information is not limited to the signal modulated as described above, and may be only a carrier wave.
  • the receiving unit 213 includes a reception first multiplication circuit 218 that multiplies the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To received by the antenna 204 and the generated carrier wave, and the second multiplication circuit 218.
  • a first limiter 220 that converts the signal into a signal, a received wave that is a product of the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To received by the antenna 204 and the carrier wave that has been generated and delayed by 90 ° in the phase shifter 227.
  • a second amplifier 225, and a second limiter 224 which converts the digital signal output of the receiving second amplifier 225 further amplifies.
  • the signal “RXS-I” output from the first limiter 220 and the signal “RXS-Q” output from the second limiter 224 are input to the signal processing circuit 202 and processed.
  • the output of the reception first amplifier 221 and the reception second amplifier 225 is an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit.
  • the signal “RSSI” indicating the strength of these signals is also input to the signal processing circuit 202.
  • the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To is demodulated by IQ orthogonal demodulation.
  • FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are perspective views from the front upper side showing the detailed structure of the tag tape roll body 100 according to the present embodiment provided in the label producing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. It is a figure and a perspective view from the lower back.
  • the guide member 20 of the tape holder 3 provided in the tag tape roll body 100 has a position formed on the bottom surface portion of the tape holder storage portion 4. Extending outward so as to cover the first extending portion 42 inserted into the determining recess 4A and abutting against the bottom surface of the positioning recess 4A, and the outer end surface portion of the tag tape 3A on the front side approximately 1Z4. Second extending portion 43, and a third extending portion in which the upper edge extends from the outer periphery of the second extending portion 43 to the vicinity of the insertion port 18 (see FIG. 6) of the tag tape 3A. Protrusions 44 and are formed.
  • the lower end surface of the distal end portion of the third extending portion 44 is formed substantially horizontally and abuts on the mounting portion 21 of the label producing apparatus 1 so that the third extending portion 44 and the second extending portion 44 are in contact with each other.
  • the one end of the tag tape 3 A attached by the inner surface of the extension 43 is guided to the insertion port 18.
  • a fourth extension extending a predetermined length from the position force of the lower end surface of the third extending portion 44 facing the rear end edge in the conveying direction of the mounting portion 21 to the first extending portion 42. Part 45 is formed.
  • the leading end portion of the fourth extending portion 45 in the conveying direction faces the tape width of the attached tag tape 3A when the lower end surface of the third extending portion 44 abuts on the mounting portion 21.
  • Each of the second positioning grooves 22A to 22D is configured so as to be fitted into the gap (see FIG. 7 described above).
  • the lower end portion of the mounting member 13 of the positioning member 12 of the tape holder 3 has a predetermined length in the lateral direction from the lower end portion of the mounting member 13 (in this example, about 1.
  • a guide portion 57 having a substantially rectangular flat plate shape (in this example, a length of about 1.5 mn! To 3 mm in this example) is formed.
  • the lower end edge of the extending portion 56 of the positioning member 12 protrudes downward from the lower end edge of the guide member 20 by a predetermined length (in this example, about lmn! To 2.5 mm).
  • a substantially rectangular tape discriminating part that extends and extends at a lower end edge of the tape at a predetermined length in a substantially right-angled inner direction.
  • the tape discriminating section 60 is formed by arranging the sensor holes 60A to 60D in a substantially L shape at predetermined positions facing the tape discriminating sensors (sensor means) S1 to S4 described above. It functions as a tag tape specifying unit that specifies the type of the tag tape 3A in cooperation with the sensors S1 to S4.
  • the discriminating portion 60 is provided with a notch portion 101 as a dispersion preventing means of this embodiment for preventing the roll-shaped tag tape 3A from separating from the core 3B.
  • the longitudinal end portion (or width direction edge portion) of the tag tape 3A is inserted and locked (refer to a two-dot chain line). That is, in this example, the notch 101 is located on the positioning member 12 side from the tag tape 3A (since it is provided on the RFID tag circuit element To force S tag tape 3A on the side opposite to the positioning member 12 side).
  • the RFID tag circuit element To is provided on the opposite side. This notch may be provided in the positioning member 12, the guide member 20, or the like that is not included in the determination unit 60, or may be provided in two or more of these three power points.
  • FIG. 12 (A) is a perspective view of the tape holder as seen from the obliquely rear side
  • FIG. 12 (B) is a perspective view of the tape holder as seen from the obliquely forward side.
  • the guide member 20 is provided with a first cylindrical portion 35, and this first cylindrical portion 35 is on one end side of the cylindrical hole of the core 3B.
  • the guide member 20 is brought into contact with one end surface of the tag tape 3A by being inserted into the end edge portion.
  • the positioning holding member 12 is provided with a second cylindrical portion 37, and the second cylindrical portion 37 is inserted into the other end side of the core 3B, whereby the positioning holding member 12 is attached to the tag tape. It is in contact with the other end face of 3A.
  • the first tube portion 35 and the second tube portion 37 hold the core 3B around which the tag tape 3A is wound so as to be rotatable.
  • one end side of the holder shaft member 40 is fitted into the first tube portion 35 of the guide member 20, and a flange portion 36 is formed on the outer peripheral portion of the end surface of the one end side.
  • the flange portion 36 is fixed to the outer end surface of the first tube portion 35.
  • the other end of the holder shaft member 40 is fitted into the second cylinder portion 37 of the positioning holding member 12 and is fixed to the second cylinder portion 37.
  • the first extending portion 42 of the guide member 20 extends downward from the lower outer peripheral portion of the outer end face of the first cylindrical portion 35, and the upper end portion thereof, that is, the upper end portion thereof.
  • cutout portions 47 having a substantially rectangular shape in front view are provided.
  • each extending portion 43, 44, 45 of the guide member 20 the scales 43A, 43, 43C respectively representing the wound lengths 10m, 20m, 30m of the tag tape 3A attached thereto. Is formed.
  • the maximum winding length of the tag tape 3A wound around the tape holder 3 is about 3 Om.
  • a flange portion 55 is formed on the outer peripheral portion of the second cylindrical portion 37 of the positioning member 12, and the extending portion extends downward from the lower outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 55. 56 is formed.
  • the inner surfaces of the flange portion 55 and the extension portion 56 are brought into contact with the outer end surfaces of the tag tape 3A and the core 3B.
  • the mounting member 13 is located at the substantially central portion of the outer end surface portion of the flange portion 55 and the extending portion 56 (upper left to lower right in FIG. 12A), that is, the shaft of the holder shaft member 40.
  • the edge force of the core is projected so as to be substantially orthogonal to the axis!
  • FIG. 13 (A) is a left side view showing the detailed structure of the tape holder 3
  • FIG. 13 (B) is a front view
  • FIG. 13 (C) is a right side view.
  • the holder shaft member 40 is provided between the positioning holding member 12 and the guide member 20. At this time, the holder shaft member 40 is provided with a plurality of types (for example, four types) of length dimensions corresponding to the respective length dimensions of the core 3B described above. By changing the dimensions, it becomes possible to easily produce a plurality of types of tape holders 3 to which tag tapes 3A having different width dimensions can be attached.
  • types for example, four types
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view taken along line Y-y in FIG. 13 (A).
  • a substantially longitudinal cutout 51 is formed at the tip of the holder shaft member 40 that is inserted into the second cylindrical portion 37 of the positioning holding member 12.
  • a positioning rib 50 protruding in the inner radial direction is fitted into the inner lower end portion of the second cylindrical portion 37, whereby the positioning holding member 12 and the guide member 20 can be positioned via the holder shaft member 40. It ’s like that!
  • a vertically long through hole 62 is formed in the extending portion 56 at the lower end portion of the mounting member 13 of the positioning member 12, and the upper end edge of the through hole 62 has a tip in the downward direction.
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view taken along arrow Z in FIG. 13 (A).
  • the positioning protrusions 48 projecting from the inner surface of the flange portion 36 of the holder shaft member 40 are fitted into the notches 47 of the first extending portion 42 described above. Therefore, the holder shaft member 40 is positioned with respect to the guide member.
  • FIGS. 16 (A) to 16 (E) are diagrams showing examples of sensor holes formed in the tape discriminating unit 60 of the positioning / holding member 12 indicating the types of tag tapes.
  • FIG. 16A shows an example in which the four sensor holes 60A to 60D are provided in the tape discriminating unit 60 as described above.
  • the discrimination recess 4B of the tape holder housing 4 is provided with the aforementioned tape discrimination sensors S1 to S4 corresponding to the tape discrimination holes 60A to 60D.
  • the plunger In each of the sensors S1 to S4, the plunger always protrudes to the vicinity of the bottom surface force positioning recess 4A of the determination recess 4B, and the microswitch is in the OFF state. If each of the sensor holes 60A to 60D is located at a position opposite to each of the tape discrimination sensors S1 to S4, the plunger is not pressed and the micro switch is in the off state, and an off signal is output.
  • the sensor holes 60A to 60D of the tape discriminating unit 60 are not at positions facing the tape discriminating sensors S1 to S4, the plunger is pressed and the micro switch is turned on, and an on signal is output. It has become so.
  • the detection results of the presence or absence of the four sensor holes 60A to 60D are associated with the four sensors S1 to S4, and the presence or absence of each sensor hole is associated with "1" and "0".
  • the type of the tag tape 3A attached to the tape holder 3 can be displayed by a 4-bit code (in other words, 16 types are distinguished)!
  • Fig. 16 (A) to Fig. 16 (E) show examples of these 16 types, respectively, and Fig. 16 (A) shows that all of sensor holes 60A, 60B, 60C, 60D exist, and ⁇ 1, 1, When a detection signal of ⁇ 1, 1 '' is output, FIG.
  • Fig. 16 (C) shows that sensor holes 60A, 60B, 60D are present and ⁇ 1, 1, 0 , 1 '' detection signal is output
  • Fig. 16 (D) shows the sensor hole 60B
  • Fig. 16 (E) shows the sensor This shows the case where holes 60C and 60D exist and a detection signal of “0, 0, 1, 1” is output.
  • the tape discriminating portion 60 provided on the inner lower edge of the positioning member 12 is inserted into the discriminating recess 4B, and the presence or absence of each sensor hole 60A to 60D is detected by the sensors S1 to S4. As a result, the type of the tag tape 3A attached to the tape holder 3 can be detected.
  • FIGS. 17A and 17B are explanatory views for explaining an example of the mounting behavior of the tape holder 3 configured as described above to the label producing apparatus 1 side.
  • FIG. 17 (A) shows an example in which the tape holder 3 in which the maximum width tag tape 3A is wound is attached to the core 3B.
  • the attachment member 13 of the positioning holding member 12 of the tape holder 3 is inserted into the positioning groove 16 of the holder support member 15.
  • the lower end surface of the third extending portion 44 of the guide member 20 of the tape holder 3 is brought into contact with the mounting portion 21, and the fourth extending portion 45 of the guide member 20 is connected to the mounting portion 21. It is inserted into the second positioning groove 21A formed at the rear corner in the transport direction.
  • the lower end edge portion of the first extending portion 42 of the guide member 20 is fitted and brought into contact with a positioning recess 4A formed on the bottom surface portion of the tape holder housing portion 4.
  • the tape discriminating portion 60 formed at the lower end portion of the extending portion 56 of the positioning holding member 12 of the tape holder 3 is changed to the discriminating concave portion formed inside the base end portion of the holder support member 15.
  • the elastic locking piece 12A While being inserted into 4B, the elastic locking piece 12A is engaged with the engagement recess 15A formed at the base end of the holder support member 15.
  • the tape holder 3 is detachably attached to the tape holder storage section 4, and the sensor holes 60A to 60E of the tape determination section 60 facing each other through the respective tape determination sensors S1 to S5. The presence or absence can be detected.
  • FIG. 17B shows an example in which the tape holder 3 around which the tag tape 3A having the minimum width is wound is attached to the core 3B.
  • the mounting member 13 of the positioning holding member 12 of the tape holder 3 is inserted into the positioning groove 16 of the holder supporting member 15.
  • the lower end surface of the third extending portion 44 of the guide member 20 of the tape holder 3 is brought into contact with the mounting portion 21, and the fourth extending portion 45 of the guide member 20 is connected to the mounting portion 21. It is inserted into the second positioning groove 21D formed at the rear corner in the transport direction.
  • the lower end edge portion of the first extending portion 42 of the guide member 20 is fitted and brought into contact with a positioning recess 4A formed on the bottom surface portion of the tape holder housing portion 4.
  • the tape discriminating portion 60 formed at the lower end portion of the extending portion 56 of the positioning holding member 12 of the tape holder 3 is changed to the discriminating concave portion formed inside the base end portion of the holder support member 15.
  • the elastic locking piece 12A While being inserted into 4B, the elastic locking piece 12A is engaged with the engagement recess 15A formed at the base end of the holder support member 15.
  • the tape holder 3 is detachably attached to the tape holder storage section 4, and each of the sensor holes 60A to 60E of the tape determination section 60 facing each other via the respective tape determination sensors S1 to S5. The presence or absence can be detected.
  • FIG. 18 (a) and FIG. 18 (b) show the outside of the RFID label T formed after the information reading (or writing) of the RFID circuit element To and the cutting of the tag tape 3A are completed as described above.
  • FIG. 18A is a diagram illustrating an example of a view
  • FIG. 18A is a top view
  • FIG. 18B is a bottom view.
  • Figure 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along the XIX-XIX ⁇ section in Figure 18.
  • the RFID label T has a three-layer structure as described above, and is on the opposite side from the front side (upper side in Fig. 19).
  • the thermal paper 3c, the adhesive layer 3b, and the release paper 3a are laminated in this order toward the (lower side in FIG. 19).
  • heat sensitive as mentioned above
  • a RFID circuit element To consisting of an IC circuit 150 and an antenna 151 is provided (To may be reversed) and printed on the surface of the thermal paper 3c R (in this example “AA— AA ”) is printed.
  • FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram conceptually showing the above-described effect.
  • the tag tape roll body 100 is provided with the tape holder 3 (specifically, the determination unit 60) which is a fixed side member that rotatably supports the core 3B.
  • the tape tape 3A is prevented from being slackened by inserting and locking the longitudinal end portion (or the width direction end portion) of the tag tape 3A, It is possible to prevent the above-described scattering from occurring by directly preventing the tape 3A itself from spreading outward in the radial direction (state (B)). As a result, it is not necessary to re-roll the tag tape 3A that has been loosened at the time of re-installation, and the RFID tag T must be created with high productivity. Can do.
  • the separation sheet 3a of the tag tape 3A is provided with an identification mark (identifier) that can be detected by the sensor 239 corresponding to the arrangement position of each RFID circuit element To. If the tag tape 3A is loosened or scattered, the tag tape 3A may be misaligned, causing the sensor 239 to erroneously detect the next identification mark and waste the RFID circuit element To. is there.
  • the notch portion 101 as in the present embodiment, it is possible to prevent the erroneous detection and prevent the RFID tag circuit element To from being wasted.
  • the RFID tag circuit element To is accessed by the new member. If the conditions of the electromagnetic field at the time change, there is a fear that it will become impossible to access stably.
  • a new member is added by using the notch 101 as described above. There is no need to add. As a result, communication stability can be ensured.
  • the notch portion is formed in the determination portion 60 of the positioning holding member 12 located on the side opposite to the side on which the RFID tag circuit element To is provided in the width direction of the tag tape 3A.
  • the structure is such that the core 3B is sandwiched and pressed by the tape holder 3 in place of the notch 101, and the rotation is stopped.
  • FIG. 21 is a longitudinal sectional view showing this modification, and corresponds to FIG. 14 described above.
  • the positioning holding member 12, the holder shaft member 40, and the guide member 20 constituting the tape holder 3 are positioned in the state where they are removed from the label producing apparatus 1 side (the state shown in the figure).
  • the holding member 12 and the guide member 20 are not parallel to each other, and the distance between the positioning holding member 12 and the guide member 20 is relatively near the core 3 B (in the illustrated example, near the lower side). Approach and press the side of the roll-shaped tag tape 3A (not shown) around the core 3B.
  • the following effects are further obtained. That is, when the guide member 20 and the positioning / holding member 12 are moved away from and attached to the label producing apparatus 1 as described above, the members 12 and 20 are deflected by the moving operation.
  • the area of the guide member 20 on the side where the RFID circuit element To is provided in the members 12 and 20 is relatively larger than the area of the positioning holding member 12 (see FIG. See 12 mag).
  • the guide member 20 is stronger than the positioning and holding member 12, and the amount of relative deflection can be reduced.
  • FIG. 23 is a longitudinal sectional view showing this modification, and is a view corresponding to FIG. 14 and FIG. 21, and FIG. 24 is a perspective view of the tape holder of this modification obliquely viewed from the rear side.
  • FIG. 12 is a view corresponding to (A) (however, the upper lid member is not shown).
  • an upper lid member (slide pressing member) 102 is provided as the above-described scatter preventing means.
  • the upper lid member 102 is positioned and held via the spring members 103a and 103b (specifically, the positioning holding member 12 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction (in other words, the direction orthogonal to the axial direction of the core 3B). In the example, it is connected to the flange portion 55) and the guide member 20 (specifically, in this example, the first tube portion 35).
  • an appropriate elastic member is also formed on the inner peripheral side lower portion of the upper lid member 102, and the tag tape A pressing portion 104 that contacts and presses 3A is provided.
  • the pressing portion 104 is provided with a recess 104A in a portion corresponding to the RFID tag circuit element To of the tag tape 3A, and the tag tape 3A is not pressed in this portion (in other words, the pressing portion 104 is wireless. It comes into contact with and presses parts other than the tag circuit element To).
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram showing the behavior when the tape holder 3 having the above configuration is attached to the label producing apparatus 1 side.
  • the lower end portion 102A, 102A of the upper lid member 102 is brought into contact with the protruding portions 105, 105 provided at the corresponding portions on the label producing apparatus 1 side and pushed upward, so that the entire upper lid member 102 is Slides in a direction away from the core 3B and the tag tape 3A against the urging force of the spring members 103a and 103b.
  • the pressing on the roll-shaped tag tape 3A by the pressing portion 104 is released.
  • Fig. 26 is an explanatory diagram conceptually showing the behavior of the tag tape pressing in the tape holder detached state and the tag tape releasing state when the tape holder is attached.
  • the upper lid member 102 provided as a means for preventing the tape holder 3 from being scattered is pressed and slid in the direction away from the tag tape 3 A force when the tape holder 3 is attached to the label producing apparatus 1 side.
  • the tape holder 3 is removed from the label producing device 1, it slides in the direction approaching the tag tape 3A and presses the roll-shaped tag tape 3A.
  • the entire roll-shaped tag tape 3A can be prevented from rotating (state (A)).
  • the pressing portion 104 provided in the upper lid member 102 is provided only in the other portions, avoiding the portion provided with the recess 104A as described above and provided with the RFID circuit element To. Since the contact is made, the RFID tag circuit element To can be prevented from being adversely affected by pressing.
  • the notch 101 may be provided in the determination unit 60 of the positioning holding member 12 together.
  • the upper cover member 102 is provided so that the pressing portion 104 is brought into contact therewith.
  • the notch 101 of the above embodiment, the sandwiching structure of the modified example of (11), and the pressing by the upper lid member 102 of (1-2) may be provided together. Oh ,.
  • a synergistic effect by a plurality of dispersal means provides a habit effect when the dispersibility can be more reliably prevented.
  • All of the tape holder 3 or the main components may be formed of a known metal member having an electromagnetic wave shielding function.
  • the inside and outside of the tape holder 3 can be shielded, it is possible to reliably prevent erroneous reading and writing to the RFID tag circuit element To of the tag tape 3A by radio waves of the tape holder 3 external force. effective.
  • FIG. 27 is a system configuration diagram showing a wireless tag generation system to which a label producing apparatus including a label cartridge as a tape holder according to the present embodiment is applied.
  • the label producing device 302 includes a route server 304, a terminal 305, a general-purpose computer 306, and a plurality of information servers 307 via a wired or wireless communication line 303. Connected to
  • FIG. 28 is a conceptual block diagram showing the detailed structure of the label producing apparatus 302.
  • the apparatus main body 308 of the label producing apparatus 302 is provided with a cartridge holder portion (a holder holder portion, not shown) as a recess, and the cartridge 400 can be attached to and detached from this holder portion. It is attached to
  • the apparatus main body 308 includes a print head (printing means, thermal head) 310 that performs predetermined printing (printing) on the print-receiving tape 403 fed out from the second roll (print-receiving tape roll) 404, and
  • the ink ribbon 405 that drives the ink ribbon 405 that has finished printing on the print-receiving tape 403 is fed out from the ribbon drive shaft 311 and the first roll 403 and the first roll (base tape roll) 402 as the label tape roll.
  • An antenna (device-side antenna) 314 that transmits and receives signals by radio communication using a high-frequency wave such as a UHF band with the RFID circuit element To (provided later) is provided, and the printed tag label tape 410 is
  • a cutter 315 that generates a label-like RFID label T (details will be described later) by cutting it to a predetermined length at a predetermined timing, and a carry-out port that carries out the RFID label T (Discharge port) 316 and a casing (housing) 309 having an outer shell so as to accommodate them and having the cartridge holder portion into which the cartridge 400 is detachably fitted and the carry-out port 316 are provided.
  • the antenna 314 is composed of a directional antenna (in this example, a so-called patch antenna) having directivity on one side (in this example, the front side in FIG. 28).
  • a surface that intersects the tape surface of the transport path of the base tape 401 fed from the roll 402 (between the feed position from the roll to the pressure roller drive shaft 312) (in this example, a surface that is orthogonal; however, this is not the only case) However, it may be an intersection angle other than 90 °, such as 45 ° or 60 °).
  • the apparatus main body 308 also has a high-frequency circuit 201 similar to that in the first embodiment for accessing (writing or reading) the RFID circuit element To via the antenna 314, and a wireless Tag circuit element To force
  • a signal processing circuit 202 similar to that of the first embodiment for processing a read signal, and a cartridge motor for driving the ribbon scraping roller driving shaft 311 and the pressure roller driving shaft 312 described above.
  • a cartridge drive circuit 324 for controlling the drive of the cartridge motor 323, a print drive circuit 325 for controlling the power supply to the print head 310, and the cutter 315 to drive the cutting operation.
  • the control circuit 330 is a so-called microcomputer, and detailed illustration is omitted. However, a central processing unit such as a CPU, a ROM, and a RAM are configured, and a ROM is used while using a temporary storage function of the RAM. Signal processing is performed according to a program stored in advance.
  • the control circuit 330 is connected to, for example, a communication line via an input / output interface 331.
  • the control circuit 330 is connected to the above-described route server 304, other terminal 305, general-purpose computer 306, information server 7 and the like connected to the communication line. Information can be exchanged between them.
  • the high-frequency circuit 201 has the same configuration as that of the first embodiment described above. As described above with reference to FIG. 10, the high-frequency circuit 201 is connected to the RFID circuit element To via the antenna 314 (corresponding to the antenna 204 in FIG. 10).
  • the transmission unit 212 transmits a signal
  • the reception unit 213 inputs a reflected wave from the RFID tag circuit element To received by the antenna 314, and the transmission / reception separator 214.
  • the first embodiment Similarly to the above, in the label producing apparatus 302 of this embodiment, the reflected wave of the RFID circuit element To force is demodulated by IQ quadrature demodulation.
  • the transmission unit 212 of the signal processing circuit 202 and the high-frequency circuit 201 generates access information to the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element and transmits it to the RFID circuit element via the device-side antenna.
  • An information access means for writing information to or reading information from the IC circuit portion of the RFID circuit element is constructed.
  • the RFID circuit element To has the same configuration as that of the first embodiment. As described with reference to Fig. 8, the antenna 314 on the label producing apparatus 302 side and a high frequency such as the UHF band are used. The antenna 151 that transmits and receives signals without contact, and the IC circuit unit 150 connected to the antenna 151 are included.
  • FIGS. 29 and 30 are a top view and an external view showing the external structure of the label producing apparatus 302 in a state where the cartridge 400 is mounted in the cartridge holder (however, the upper cover portion on the front side is removed), respectively. It is a perspective view.
  • the cartridge 400 includes a casing 400A, the first roll 402 wound around the band-shaped base tape 401 disposed in the casing 400A, and the base material.
  • the above-mentioned transparent tape to be printed 403 having the same width as the tape 401 is wound up.
  • Ribbon supply side roll 411 for feeding out the second roll 404 and the ink ribbon 405 (thermal transfer ribbon, but not required if the tape to be printed is a thermal tape), and a ribbon take-off roller 406 for picking up the ribbon 405 after printing.
  • a pressure roller 407, a guide, a roller 412, and a shield member 413 that reduces the leakage of radio signals from the antenna 314 to the first roll 402 by passing the base tape 40 1 through the through space 413A.
  • the housing 400A includes the upper cover portion 400AU (not shown, see FIG. 33 and the like described later), a lower cover portion 400AL facing the upper cover portion 400AU, and the upper cover portion 400AU and the lower cover portion 400A. And a side cover portion 400AS which is arranged so as to surround the side periphery.
  • the side cover portion 400AS includes a substantially arc-shaped portion 40 OASo disposed along the outer peripheral side of the first roll 402! /. Further, on the outer peripheral side of the substantially arc-shaped portion 400ASo of the side cover portion 400AS, a substantially arc-shaped portion 309A provided in the housing 309 of the apparatus main body 308 is located.
  • the first roll 402 has a reel member 402a whose axial direction is substantially orthogonal to the tape longitudinal direction.
  • the base tape 401 in which a plurality of RFID tag circuit elements To are sequentially formed in the longitudinal direction at predetermined equal intervals on the outer peripheral portion (illustrated schematically in FIGS. 29 and 30; detailed structure will be described later) It is turning.
  • the second roll 404 winds the print-receiving tape 403 around the reel member 404a.
  • the print-receiving tape 403 fed out from the second roll 404 is driven by the ribbon supply-side roll 411 and the ribbon take-off roller 406 arranged on the back side thereof (that is, the side to be bonded to the base tape 401).
  • the ribbon 405 is pressed against the print head 310 so as to be brought into contact with the back surface of the print-receiving tape 403.
  • the ribbon scavenging roller 406 and the pressure roller 407 are respectively driven by the ribbon scavenging roller drive shaft 311 driven by the cartridge motor 323 (see FIG. 28 described above), for example, a pulse motor provided outside the cartridge 400. And it is driven to rotate by being transmitted to the pressure roller driving shaft 312.
  • the base tape 401 fed out from the first roll 402 is supplied to the pressure roller 407.
  • the print-receiving tape 403 fed out from the second roll 404 is driven by a ribbon supply-side roll 411 and a ribbon take-off roller 406 arranged on the back side thereof (that is, the side to be bonded to the base tape 401).
  • the ink ribbon 405 is pressed against the print head 310 and brought into contact with the back surface of the print-receiving tape 403.
  • the print-receiving tape 403 and the ink ribbon 405 are moved. While being sandwiched between the print head 310 and the platen roller 408, the base tape 401 and the print-receiving tape 403 are sandwiched between the pressure roller 407 and the sub roller 409. Then, the ribbon take-off roller 406 and the pressure roller 407 are driven to rotate in synchronization with the directions indicated by the arrows B and D by the driving force of the cartridge motor 323, respectively.
  • the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is connected to the sub roller 409 and the platen roller 408 by a gear (not shown).
  • the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is driven, the pressure roller 407, the sub roller 409, and The platen roller 408 rotates, the base tape 401 is fed out from the first roll 402, and supplied to the pressure roller 407 as described above.
  • the print-receiving tape 403 is fed out from the second roll 404, and the plurality of heating elements of the print head 310 are energized by the print drive circuit 325.
  • a print R see FIG.
  • the base tape 401 and the print-receiving tape 403 that has been printed are bonded together by the pressure roller 407 and the sub-roller 409 to form a printed tag label tape in the direction indicated by the arrow C. It is carried out of the cartridge 400.
  • the ink ribbon 405 that has finished printing on the print-receiving tape 4003 is scraped by the ribbon scraping roller 406 by driving the ribbon scraping roller drive shaft 311.
  • FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram showing the conceptual structure of the cartridge 400 shown in FIGS. 28, 29, and 30 together with the detailed enlarged structure of the base tape 401.
  • the base tape 401 has a four-layer structure in this example (the middle part of FIG. 31). From the side wound inside (left side in FIG. 31) to the opposite side (right side in FIG. 31), the adhesive layer (adhesion treated surface) 401a, PET (polyethylene film) made of an appropriate adhesive material The base film 401b is also colored and is laminated in the order of an adhesive layer 401c made of a suitable adhesive material and release paper (release material) 40Id.
  • the base film 40 lb On the back side of the base film 40 lb (right side in Fig. 31), there is an antenna (tag side antenna) 151 that transmits and receives information, and stores information to connect to it.
  • the IC circuit unit 150 is formed, and the RFID tag circuit element To is constituted by these.
  • the adhesive layer 401a for adhering the print-receiving tape 403 later is formed, and on the back side of the base film 40 lb (right side in FIG. 31)
  • the release paper 401d is adhered to the base film 401b by the adhesive layer 401c provided so as to enclose the RFID circuit element To.
  • the release paper 401d is one that can be adhered to the product or the like by the adhesive layer 401c when the RFID label T finally completed in a label form is attached to a predetermined product or the like by peeling it off. It is.
  • the guide roller 412 has the first roll 402 force as the base tape 401 is consumed, even if the base tape 401 feed position fluctuates (refer to the two-dot chain line in FIG. 31).
  • the conveyance path of the base tape 401 fed out from the roll 402 is guided so that the distance from the antenna 314 is always regulated within a predetermined range.
  • FIG. 32 (a) is a side sectional view showing a mounting structure of the force cartridge housing 400A of the reel member 402a of the first roll 402, which is a main part of the present embodiment, and FIG. FIG. 32 (a) is a bottom view seen from the P direction.
  • FIG. 33 is a partially broken exploded perspective view showing the mounting structure.
  • the boss portion 601 (elasticity) is inserted into the upper cover portion 400AU of the casing 400A in the radial direction inside the reel member 402a.
  • a switching support mechanism is provided physically.
  • the boss portion 601 is provided so that slits 604 are cut in the axial direction at a plurality of circumferential locations (eight locations in this example) so that four narrow arc-shaped tongue pieces are formed.
  • the boss portion 601 as a whole (particularly the narrow piece portion 601a) can be elastically deformed in the radial direction.
  • This boss portion 601 has a plurality of radially outer portions (four in this example, specifically the tip side of the narrow piece portion 601a) on the tip side (lower side in FIGS. 33 and 32 (a)). ) Is provided with a projecting portion (engaging convex portion, anti-rotation portion) 602 having an outwardly extending shape.
  • the elastic deformation can be used to drive the radial tip of the tip (Fig. 33 and Fig. 32 (a) middle lower end) at multiple locations (4 locations in this example) using the elastic deformation described above.
  • a claw portion (driven operation portion) 603 is provided. Note that the protrusions 602 and the claw portions 603 may be arranged in three places.
  • the reel member 402a is respectively engaged with the protrusions 602 of the boss 601 at a plurality of circumferentially inner locations (eight in this example, which is an example of an integral multiple of four of the bosses).
  • a groove portion 701 (engagement recess) is provided.
  • the number of grooves 701 may be an integer multiple of 6, 9, 12,..., When the number of protrusions 602 is three as described above.
  • the boss portion 601 is passed through the inside in the radial direction of the reel member 402a around which the base tape 401 is wound, and the tip thereof
  • the claw portion 603 on the end side is located in a cylindrical portion 801 provided in the lower cover portion 400AL and faces the cartridge holder portion side provided in the casing 309 of the label producing apparatus 302.
  • FIG. 34 is an essential part extraction perspective view showing a detailed structure of a portion corresponding to the claw portion 603 located in the vicinity of the substantially arcuate portion 9A in the cartridge holder portion of the housing 309.
  • the cartridge holder portion of the casing 309 is provided with a substantially tapered (conical shape) surface 901 (drive operation portion) through which the claw portion 603 of the boss portion 601 is inserted! .
  • 309L is the bottom surface of the housing 309.
  • FIG. 35 is a perspective view conceptually showing a state in which the cartridge 400 including the reel member 402a shown in FIG. 33 is attached such that the claw portion 603 penetrates into the substantially tapered surface 901.
  • FIGS. 36 (a) and 36 (b) are explanatory views showing the attachment behavior when the cartridge 400 configured as described above is attached to the cartridge holder portion of the housing 309.
  • FIG. 36 (a) and 36 (b) are explanatory views showing the attachment behavior when the cartridge 400 configured as described above is attached to the cartridge holder portion of the housing 309.
  • FIG. 36 (a) shows that the cartridge 400 is attached to the cartridge holder of the housing 309. It represents a state that is not. In this state, the boss portion 601 is in a normal state (non-deformed state) that does not deform radially inward as will be described later, and all the protruding portions 602 of the boss portion 601 are radially inward of the reel member 402a.
  • the reel member 402a is made non-rotatable as a result.
  • the elastic deformation property of the boss portion 601 to the inner side in the radial direction is used as described above, and when the cartridge 400 is attached to the cartridge holder portion, the boss portion 601 is deformed inward in the radial direction.
  • the reel member 402a can be rotated, but when the reel member 402a is removed from the cartridge holder portion, the deforming force is restored to switch the reel member 402a to be non-rotatable.
  • FIG. 37 (a) and FIG. 37 (b) show information writing to the RFID circuit element To as described above.
  • FIG. 37 is a diagram showing an example of the appearance of a radio tag label T formed by cutting (or reading) and printed tag label tape 410
  • FIG. 37 (a) is a top view
  • FIG. 37 (b) is a bottom view. It is.
  • FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view taken along the section XXXVIII-XXXVIII ′ in FIG.
  • the RFID label T has a five-layer structure in which the print-receiving tape 403 is added to the four-layer structure shown in Fig. 31.
  • the printing tape 403, adhesive layer 401a, base film 401b, adhesive layer 401c, release paper 401d 5 from the printed tape 403 side (upper side in Fig. 38) to the opposite side (lower side in Fig. 38) Make up layer.
  • the RFID circuit element To including the antenna 151 provided on the back side of the base film 401b is provided in the adhesive layer 401c, and the printed tape 403 Printing R (in this example, “RF ID” indicating the type of RFID label T) is printed on the back.
  • FIG. 39 is displayed on the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306 when accessing (writing or reading) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To by the label producing device 302 as described above. It is a figure showing an example of the screen performed.
  • the ID, the address of the article information stored in the information server 307, the storage address of the corresponding information in the route server 304, and the like can be displayed on the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306. Then, by operating the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306, the label producing device 302 is activated, and the print character R is printed on the print-receiving tape 4003, and the write ID and product information are printed on the IC circuit unit 150. (Or the wireless tag information such as article information stored in advance in the IC circuit unit 150 is read).
  • “writing” and “reading” of RFID tag information are not only broadly called “data writing” and “reading” but also transmission of a signal that pauses a response such as a signal based on the “Kill” and “Sleep” commands. Including.
  • the ID of the generated RFID label T and the information read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID label T (or writing to the IC circuit unit 150) Stored in the route server 304, and can be referred to as necessary.
  • Fig. 40 shows the creation of the RFID label T described above, that is, the substrate tape 401 is conveyed and the RFID tag information is written while the printing tape 310 is conveyed and the printing head 310 performs predetermined printing. Then, after the printed tape 403 and the base tape 401 are bonded to form a printed tag label tape 410, the printed tag label tape 410 is cut for each RFID circuit element To to form a RFID label T. 4 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 330.
  • First step S In 405 the RFID tag information to be written to the wireless tag circuit element To that is input via the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306, and the RFID tag label T is printed by the print head 310 corresponding to the RFID tag information. Print information power to be read through the communication line 303 and the input / output interface 331.
  • step S410 when there is no response to the RFID circuit element To, variables M and N for counting the number of retries (retry) and flag F indicating whether communication is good or bad are set to 0. Initialize to.
  • step S415 a control signal is output to the cartridge driving circuit 324, and the ribbon scooping roller 406 and the pressure roller 4007 are driven to rotate by the driving force of the cartridge motor 323.
  • the base tape 401 is fed out from the first roll 402 and supplied to the pressure roller 407, and the print-receiving tape 403 is fed out from the second roll 404.
  • the base tape 401 and the print-receiving tape 403 are bonded and integrally bonded to the above-described pressure-bonding roller 407 (and by the sub-roller 409), and the cartridge body as the tape label for printed label 410 is obtained. 400 is transported outward.
  • step S420 is moved, and the base tape 401 and the print-receiving tape 403 are set to a predetermined value C.
  • step S500 after writing tag information 'printing process and initializing (erasing) the memory for writing, the transmission signal including the RFID tag information is sent to the RFID tag circuit element To on the base tape 401.
  • the data is transmitted and written, and the print head 310 prints the print R on the corresponding area of the print tape 4003 (see FIG. 41 for details).
  • step S500 is completed, the process proceeds to step S425.
  • step S430 the combination of the information written in the RFID circuit element To in step S500 and the print information already printed by the print head 310 corresponding to this information I / O interface 331 and communication line
  • the data is output via the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306 via the 303 and stored in the information server 307 or the route server 304.
  • the stored data is stored and held in, for example, a database so that it can be referred to from the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306 as necessary.
  • step S435 after confirming that all the printing in the area corresponding to the RFID tag circuit element To that is the processing target at this point in the tape to be printed 403 is completed, the process proceeds to step S440. .
  • step S437 ends, the process moves to step S440.
  • the printed tag label tape 410 further has a predetermined amount (for example, all of the target RFID tag circuit element To and the print area of the print-receiving tape 403 corresponding thereto have the cutter 315 set to a predetermined amount. Judge whether it has been transported by a distance (conveyance distance that exceeds the length (margin amount)). Similar to step S420 described above, the conveyance distance at this time may be determined, for example, by detecting the marking with a tape sensor. If the determination is satisfied, the process moves to step S445.
  • a predetermined amount for example, all of the target RFID tag circuit element To and the print area of the print-receiving tape 403 corresponding thereto have the cutter 315 set to a predetermined amount.
  • the conveyance distance at this time may be determined, for example, by detecting the marking with a tape sensor. If the determination is satisfied, the process moves to step S445.
  • step S445 a control signal is output to the cartridge drive circuit 324, the drive of the cartridge motor 323 is stopped, and the rotation of the ribbon scoop roller 406 and the pressure roller 407 is stopped.
  • the printed tag label tape 410 is transported by feeding the base tape 401 from the first roll 402 and feeding the print-receiving tape 403 from the second roll 404.
  • step S450 a control signal is output to the solenoid drive circuit 327 to drive the solenoid 326, and the tag label tape 410 with print is cut by the cutter 315.
  • the RFID tag circuit element To to be processed and the print tag label tape 410 to which the print area of the print target tape 403 corresponding to the RFID tag circuit element To are combined have sufficiently separated the cutter 315.
  • the cutter 315 is cut, the RFID tag information T is written in the RFID tag circuit element To, and the RFID label T in the form of a label corresponding to the predetermined printing is generated.
  • the RFID label T generated in the form of a label in step S450 is discharged out of the apparatus 302 from the carry-out port 316.
  • FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of step S500 described above.
  • step S600 a control signal is output to the print drive circuit 325, the print head 310 is energized, and the RFID tag circuit element To to be processed of the tape to be printed 403 is supported.
  • the printing R of characters, symbols, barcodes, etc. read in step S705 of FIG. 40 is printed on the area to be bonded (area to be bonded to the back surface of the RFID circuit element To by the pressure roller 407).
  • step S610 an identification number ID assigned to the RFID circuit element To to be written is set by a known appropriate method.
  • step S 620 an “Era Se ” command for initializing information stored in the memory unit 155 (see FIG. 34 described above) of the RFID circuit element To is output to the signal processing circuit 202. Based on this, an “Erase” signal as access information is generated in the signal processing circuit 202 and transmitted to the RFID circuit element To to be written through the high frequency circuit 201 to initialize the memory unit 155.
  • step S 630 a “Verify” command for checking the contents of the memory unit 155 is output to the signal processing circuit 202. Based on this, a “Verify” signal as access information is generated in the signal processing circuit 202 and transmitted to the wireless tag circuit element To as an information write target via the high frequency circuit 201 to prompt a reply. Thereafter, in step S640, the reply signal transmitted to the RFID circuit element To force to be written corresponding to the “Verif y” signal is received via the antenna 314, and is received via the high-frequency circuit 201 and the signal processing circuit 202. Include.
  • step S650 based on the reply signal, information in the memory unit 155 of the RFID circuit element To is checked to determine whether or not the memory unit 155 has been normally initialized.
  • step S650 If the determination in step S650 is satisfied, the process moves to step S690, and a “Program” command for writing the desired data in the memory unit 155 is output to the signal processing circuit 202. Based on this, a “Program” signal as access information including ro information written by the signal processing circuit 202 is generated and transmitted to the RFID circuit element To as an information write target via the high-frequency circuit 201, and the memory unit Information is written to 155.
  • step S700 a “Verify” command is output to the signal processing circuit 202.
  • a “Verify” signal as access information is generated in the signal processing circuit 202 and transmitted to the RFID circuit element To as an information write target via the high-frequency circuit 201 to prompt a reply.
  • the reply signal to which the RFID tag circuit element To force to be written corresponding to the “Verify” signal is also transmitted is received via the antenna 314, and taken in via the high frequency circuit 201 and the signal processing circuit 202.
  • step S720 If the determination in step S720 is satisfied, the process moves to step S750, and a “Lock” command is output to the signal processing circuit 202. Based on this, a “Lock” signal is generated in the signal processing circuit 202 and transmitted to the RFID circuit element To as the information writing target via the high-frequency circuit 201, and new information is written to the RFID circuit element To. It is forbidden. As a result, the writing of the RFID tag information to the RFID circuit element To that is to be written is completed, the RFID circuit element To is discharged as described above, and this flow is finished.
  • the corresponding RFID tag information is written to the RFID tag circuit element To to be written on the base tape 401 in the cartridge 400, and the corresponding area on the tape to be printed 403 is written. Printing R corresponding to the above RFID tag information can be done.
  • the reel member 402a wound with the base tape 401 is switched to be rotatable or impossible using the elastic deformation of the boss portion 601 as described above. Thereby, even when the cartridge 400 is removed from the apparatus 302 side, it is possible to prevent the base tape 401 from being loosened. That is, in detail, when the RFID label T with the cartridge 400 mounted on the cartridge holder T is produced, the reel member 402a can be rotated so that the base tape 401 can be fed out from the reel member 402a. When removed from the holder)) By making 02a unrotatable, it is possible to prevent inadvertent withdrawal of the base tape 401 or the tag label tape 410 with print due to an operator or vibration.
  • the cartridge 400 is fixed to the cartridge 400 by preventing the rotation of the base tape 401 by the boss portion 601 provided integrally with the housing 309 of the cartridge 400 containing the base tape 401. Since the tape detent function can be realized without adding another member, cost reduction and space saving can be achieved.
  • the present embodiment has the following effects in particular. That is, in the case of the base tape 401 in which the RFID circuit elements To are arranged at a predetermined pitch, as described above, the RFID circuit elements To arranged at the predetermined pitch are positioned and information is transmitted to the RFID circuit elements To. Write (or read) to create the RFID label T. For this reason, erroneous detection of the identification mark is prevented by preventing the operator and inadvertent pulling of the tape due to vibrations, and consequently, the wireless tag circuit due to misalignment or erroneous detection of the RFID circuit element To. This prevents unnecessary use of the element To, and improves the reliability of RFID label T creation.
  • the groove 701 of the reel member 402a is provided by an integral multiple of the number of the protrusions 602 of the boss 601 so that it can be relatively rotated in the circumferential direction in the disengaged state. Engagement opportunities of the groove 701 and the protrusion 602 are increased, and a smooth and quick engagement operation can be realized.
  • the control circuit 330 uses the cartridge drive circuit 324 and the cartridge motor 323 to determine the positioning accuracy of the base tape 401 during driving.
  • the groove 701 of the reel member 402a and the protrusion of the boss 601 If the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is driven and controlled to be larger than the margin (gap) when engaged with the portion 602, the reel member 40 Even if a position shift occurs when 2a is set to the non-rotatable (locked) state and then returned to the rotatable state, it affects the positioning when the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is driven to start label production. You can do that.
  • the protrusion 602 serving as the rotation stop provided on the narrow piece 601a of the boss 601 is engaged with the groove 701 provided on the reel member 402a to realize the rotation stop function of the reel member 402a.
  • the structure is not limited to this, and other structures may be used.
  • FIG. 42 (a) is a side sectional view showing the mounting structure of the cartridge housing 400A of the reel member 402a of the first roll 402 of such a modification
  • FIG. 42 (b) is a view in FIG. 42 (a). It is a bottom view as seen from the Q direction, and corresponds to FIGS. 32 (a) and 32 (b) of the above embodiment, respectively.
  • FIG. 42 (a) and FIG. 42 (b) in this modification, a plurality of radially outer side locations on the tip side of the boss portion 601 (in this example, four locations, in detail, the narrow piece portion 601a On the tip side, there is a geared protrusion (engagement convex part, anti-rotation part) 602 ⁇ with an outwardly extending shape.
  • the reel member 402a can be engaged (engaged) with the gears of the protrusions 602 with gears of the boss portion 601 at a number of locations in the circumferential direction over substantially the entire inner circumference in the radial direction ( Inner teeth) Gear part 702 (engagement recess) is provided!
  • the geared protrusion 602 of the boss 601 that is radially inwardly deformable is engaged (combined) with the gear 702 on the radially inner side of the reel member 402a.
  • the rotation stop of the reel member 402a is executed with the engagement structure as in the above embodiment and the modification of (2-1), the rotation may be stopped by friction caused by contact.
  • FIG. 43 (a) shows a cartridge of the reel member 402a of the first roll 402 of such a modification.
  • a side sectional view showing the mounting structure of the housing 400A, FIG. 43 (b) is a bottom view seen from the direction R in FIG. 43 (a), and FIGS. 32 (a) and 32 (b) of the above embodiment, respectively.
  • FIG. 42 is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 42 (a) and FIG. 42 (b) of the modified example of (2-1).
  • a rough surface region (rotation stop portion) 605 having a high friction coefficient is provided on the radially outer side of the boss portion 601.
  • This rough surface area is obtained by performing known rough surface processing or rough surface finishing, and may be provided only on the outside of the narrow piece portion 60 la or supplementarily on the outside of the wide and narrow portion 601b. Is also possible.
  • the rough surface region 605 of the boss portion 601 having the radially inward deformability is brought into contact with the radially inner side of the reel member 402a.
  • the reel member 402a can be reliably made non-rotatable to prevent the operator from inadvertently pulling out the tape.
  • the region 703 that contacts the rough surface region 605 in the radially inner side of the reel member 402a is also a similar rough surface region in order to increase the frictional resistance.
  • the corresponding boss part 601 has a stepped shape because it is in contact with the radially inner side of the reel member 402a over the entire axial length of the boss part 601 as described above, and only a part in the axial direction is provided. May be contacted.
  • FIG. 44 (a) and FIG. 44 (b) show such an example, and correspond to FIG. 43 (a) and FIG. 43 (b).
  • the narrow piece 601a has a stepped structure consisting of a large diameter portion 601aA and a small diameter portion 601aB, and the rough surface region 605 ⁇ provided in the large diameter portion 601aA contacts the corresponding region 703 ′ of the reel member 402a. To prevent rotation.
  • the narrow piece 601a is shaped to expand toward the tip side (Fig. 45 (a) middle lower end side) by force (in this case)
  • the wide piece portion 601b may have such a shape), and the rough surface region 60 provided in a predetermined region near the tip is brought into contact with the corresponding region 703 ′ of the reel member 402a to prevent rotation. You can do it!
  • the rough surface regions 605 and 605 'provided on the radially outer side J of the boss portion 601 having a radially inwardly deformable property are arranged on the inner side in the radial direction of the Linole material 402a.
  • the RFID tag information is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To and written to the IC circuit unit 150
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the read-only RFID tag circuit element To force in which predetermined RFID tag information is stored in a non-rewritable state in advance may be created while reading the RFID tag information and performing the corresponding printing to create the label T. This is also applicable to such a case.
  • step S405 only the print information is read in step S405 in FIG. 40, and the RFID tag information reading / printing process is performed in step S500 (for details, see FIG. 46 described later). Thereafter, in step S430, the combination of the print information and the read RFID tag information is stored.
  • FIG. 46 is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of the RFID tag information reading / printing process.
  • step S800 as in step S600 of FIG. 41, a control signal is output to the print drive circuit 325, the print head 310 is energized, and the wireless to be processed in the print-receiving tape 403 is processed.
  • Characters, symbols, barcodes, etc. read in step S405 of FIG. 40 described above in the area corresponding to tag circuit element To (area to be bonded to the back side of RFID tag circuit element To by pressing roller 407)
  • Print R Print R.
  • step S801 a "Scroll All ID” command for reading information stored in the RFID circuit element To is output to the signal processing circuit 202. Based on this, a “Scroll All ID” signal as RFID tag information is generated in the signal processing circuit 202 and transmitted to the RFID tag circuit element To to be read via the high frequency circuit 201 to prompt a reply.
  • step S802 in response to the "Scroll All ID" signal, the reply signal transmitted from the RFID tag circuit element To to be read (the RFID tag including the tag I and the blueprint) Information) is received via the antenna 314 and taken in via the high-frequency circuit 201 and the signal processing circuit 202.
  • step S803 whether or not there is an error in the reply signal received in step S802 is determined as a known error detection code (CRC code; Cyclic
  • step S803 If the determination in step S803 is satisfied, reading of the RFID tag information of the RFID circuit element To power to be read is completed, and this routine is terminated.
  • the RFID circuit element To to be read in the cartridge is accessed and read out from the RFID tag information (tag identification information, etc.) of the IC circuit unit 150.
  • the box portion 601 (elastic boss member) of the housing upper cover portion 400AU is provided on the radially inner side of the reel member 402a, and the protruding portion 602 (engaging convex portion, rotation preventing portion) provided on the radially outer side thereof. ) Is engaged with a groove portion 701 (engagement recess) provided on the radially inner side of the reel member 402a (in the example of FIG. 43, a rough surface region 605 as a rotation stop portion provided on the radially outer side of the boss portion 601 is formed.
  • the reel member 402a is rotatable.
  • the application of the present invention is not limited to such a mode, and the relationship between the inner side and the outer side may be reversed (engaged (or contacted)).
  • FIG. 47 shows a schematic structure of such a modification
  • FIG. 47 (a) is a side sectional view showing the mounting structure of the reel member in this modification
  • FIG. 32 (a) and FIG. Fig. 36 (a) is a diagram that roughly corresponds to Fig. 36 (a).
  • Fig. 47 (b) shows the reel member 402a 'in Fig. 47 (a) extracted from the top (Fig. 47 (a) from the XXXXVII direction.
  • the positioning accuracy force of the base tape 401 at the time of driving via the control circuit 330 force cartridge driving circuit 324 and cartridge motor 323 is also the same as above. If the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is driven and controlled to be larger than the margin (backlash) at the time of engagement between the reel member 402a "and the boss portion 601", the reel member 402 cannot be rotated (locked). ) State and then return to the rotatable state, even if a positional deviation occurs, it can be done without affecting the positioning when the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is driven to start label production. !, U Get the same effect as above.
  • RFID tag information is read, written, or printed on the tapes 401 and 403 moving inside the cartridge 400.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the tapes are stopped at predetermined positions.
  • the above printing, reading and writing may also be performed (with reading and writing being held by a predetermined conveyance guide).
  • the substrate tape provided with the RFID circuit element To as the label tape is not limited to this, but a normal substrate tape such as the wireless tag circuit element To or a label producing device (such as the antenna 314 or the like) is used.
  • the present invention may be applied to a signal processing circuit 202 and a high-frequency circuit 201 corresponding to this.
  • the effect of the present invention which is the original effect of the present invention, is that the tape detent function can be realized without adding another member to the cartridge, and the cost can be reduced and the space can be saved.
  • EPC global is a non-profit corporation established jointly by the International EAN Association, an international organization for distribution codes, and the Uniformed Code Council (UCC), a US distribution code organization. Signals that conform to other standards need only perform the same function.

Landscapes

  • Labeling Devices (AREA)
  • Storage Of Web-Like Or Filamentary Materials (AREA)

Abstract

[PROBLEMS] To prevent a tape from loosening when it is removed from an apparatus. [MEANS FOR SOLVING PROBLEMS] A tag-tape roll body (100) constructed so as to be removable from a label creation device (1) has a tag tape (3A) having radio tag circuit elements (To) arranged on it in its longitudinal direction and wound in a roll shape; a substantially tubular winding core (3B) around which the tag tape (3A) is wound in the roll shape; and a tape holder (3) for rotatably supporting the winding core (3B). The tag-tape roll body (100) further has any one of the following from 1 to 4 in order to prevent the roll-shaped tag tape (3A) from coming loose from the winding core (3B): 1. A cutout (101) provided in the tape holder (3), for engaging an end of the tag tape (3A). 2. Side wall sections (20; 12) for pressing the side faces of the tag tape (3A). 3. A slide pressing member (102) for pressing the tag tape (3A) in the direction of the winding core (3B). 4. An elastic boss member (601; 601”) elastically deformable to the radially inside or outside of a reel member (402a; 402a”).

Description

テープ保持体及びラベル作成装置  Tape holder and label making apparatus
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、例えば各種書類 ·物品の分類'整理用に添付するラベルを作成するた めのラベル用テープを保持するテープ保持体、及びこれを用いるラベル作成装置に 関する。  The present invention relates to, for example, a tape holder for holding a label tape for creating a label to be attached for sorting and organizing various documents / articles, and a label producing apparatus using the same.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 従来、例えば各種書類 ·物品の分類'整理用に添付するラベルを作成するため〖こ 用いるものとして、帯状の被印字体に所定の印字を行ってラベル用テープ(印字付き テープ)を連続的に生成するラベル作成装置 (テープライタ)が既に提唱されて ヽる ( 例えば、特許文献 1)。  [0002] Conventionally, for example, various types of documents are used to create labels to be attached for the purpose of sorting and organizing articles, and label tapes (tapes with printing) are used by performing predetermined printing on a belt-like printed material. A continuous label producing device (tape writer) has been proposed (for example, Patent Document 1).
[0003] この従来技術では、略筒状のリール部材 (テープコア)に被印字テープを卷回して 収納したロールとインクリボンを卷回して収納したロールとをテープ保持体 (テープ力 ートリッジ)に格納し、このテープ保持体を印字ヘッド等を備えたラベル作成装置に装 着する。そして、被印字テープ及びインクリボンをそれぞれロール力 巻き出しつつ、 インクリボンを被印字テープに当接させて印字を行 ヽ、印字付きテープを作成する。 このとき、消耗品である被印字テープやインクリボンがなくなった場合には、テープ保 持体ごと交換することによって容易かつ手軽に消耗品 (被印字テープのロール及びィ ンクリボンのロール)の補充が可能となって!/、る。  [0003] In this prior art, a roll in which a tape to be printed is wound and stored on a substantially cylindrical reel member (tape core) and a roll in which an ink ribbon is wound and stored are stored in a tape holder (tape force cartridge). Then, this tape holder is attached to a label producing apparatus equipped with a print head or the like. Then, while unwinding the roll force of the tape to be printed and the ink ribbon, respectively, the ink ribbon is brought into contact with the tape to be printed and printing is performed to produce a tape with printing. At this time, if the print-receiving tape or ink ribbon, which is a consumable item, is exhausted, the consumables (printed tape roll and ink ribbon roll) can be replenished easily and easily by replacing the entire tape holder. It becomes possible!
[0004] このとき、この従来技術では、消耗品交換時や他の装置への付け替えのためにテ ープ保持体を装置側から取り外したとき、あるいはその後再装着を行ったときに、リー ル部材のテープ幅方向両端部に位置するフランジ部のテープ側壁面に薄い接着材 層を設けることで、リール部材のテープがばらけたり緩んだりするのを抑制するように 図られている。  [0004] At this time, according to this conventional technique, when the tape holder is removed from the apparatus side for replacement of consumables or for replacement to another apparatus, or when the tape holder is remounted, By providing a thin adhesive layer on the tape side wall surface of the flange portion located at both ends in the tape width direction of the member, the reel member tape is prevented from being loosened or loosened.
[0005] 一方、上記同様、テープ保持体を装置側力 取り外したとき等のテープ不使用時 において、操作者が不用意に触ったりあるいは振動が発生したりした場合に、リール 部材が回転してテープ保持体力 ラベル用テープが弛み出し無駄に引き出されるの を防止する技術として、従来、例えば特許文献 2に記載のものが知られている。 [0005] On the other hand, as described above, when the tape holder is not used, such as when the device side force is removed, the reel member rotates when the operator touches inadvertently or vibration occurs. Tape holding strength The label tape is loosened and pulled out unnecessarily. Conventionally, for example, a technique described in Patent Document 2 is known as a technique for preventing the above-described problem.
[0006] この従来技術では、テープの不使用時は筐体側に回動可能に設けたテープ弛み 防止部材を押圧当接させるとともに、テープ使用時には当該テープ弛み出し防止部 材をテープ力 離すように構成することで、使用時の円滑なテープ安定走行を確保し つつ不使用時のテープの弛み出し(引き出し)を防止できるようになつている。 [0006] In this prior art, when the tape is not used, a tape slack preventing member that is rotatably provided on the housing side is pressed and brought into contact, and when the tape is used, the tape slack preventing member is separated from the tape force. With this configuration, it is possible to prevent the tape from coming out (drawing out) when not in use while ensuring smooth and stable running of the tape during use.
特許文献 1 :特開平 10— 181132号公報  Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-181132
特許文献 2:特公平 6 - 34331号公報  Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-34331
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0007] 近年、小型の無線タグとリーダ (読み取り装置) Zライタ (書き込み装置)との間で非 接触で情報の読み取り Z書き込みを行う RFID (Radio Frequency Identificatio n)システムが知られている。無線タグに備えられた無線タグ回路素子は、所定の情 報を記憶する IC回路部とこの IC回路部に接続されて情報の送受信を行うアンテナ部 とを備えており、無線タグが汚れて 、る場合や見えな 、位置に配置されて 、る場合で あっても、リーダ Zライタ側より IC回路部に対して情報の読み取り Z書き込みが可能 であり、商品管理や検査工程等の様々な分野にぉ 、て実用が期待されて!、る。  [0007] In recent years, an RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) system that reads and writes information in a non-contact manner between a small wireless tag and a reader (reading device) Z writer (writing device) is known. The wireless tag circuit element provided in the wireless tag includes an IC circuit unit that stores predetermined information and an antenna unit that is connected to the IC circuit unit and transmits / receives information. Read / write information to / from the IC circuit from the reader Z writer side, even in cases where it is placed in an invisible or visible position, and in various fields such as product management and inspection processes. However, practical use is expected!
[0008] このような無線タグは、通常、ラベル状の素材上に無線タグ回路素子を設けて形成 され、このタグラベルが対象物品に貼り付けられることが多い。また、この無線タグの 管理上、タグ自体に併せて文字情報を印字しておくと非常に便利である。そこで、上 記従来技術のテープ印字装置の技術を応用し、略筒状のリール部材に予め無線タ グ回路素子を所定の間隔で配置したタグテープを卷回して収納したロールとインクリ ボンを卷回して収納したロールとをテープ保持体 (テープカートリッジ)に格納し、この テープ保持体を無線タグラベル作成装置に装着して印字付きタグテープを作成する ことが考えられる。  Such a wireless tag is usually formed by providing a wireless tag circuit element on a label-like material, and this tag label is often attached to a target article. For the management of this wireless tag, it is very convenient to print the character information along with the tag itself. Therefore, by applying the technology of the above-described conventional tape printing device, a roll and an ink ribbon that are wound by storing a tag tape in which wireless tag circuit elements are arranged at predetermined intervals on a substantially cylindrical reel member are connected. It is conceivable to store the roll stored in a tape holder (tape cartridge) and attach the tape holder to the RFID label producing apparatus to produce a tag tape with printing.
[0009] し力しながら、特許文献 1に記載の従来技術による方法では、通常時にリール部材 力もテープを繰り出すときにも上記フランジ部の接着材層が繰り出しを阻害する方向 の抵抗となるため、現実には接着材層による粘着力は比較的小さなものとせざるを得 ない。この結果、リール部材力 タグテープがばらけるのを防止するのは実際には困 難である。またこの従来技術では、テープを、テープとともに回転する回転側部材で あるリール部材のフランジ部になるベく固定しょうとするもので、固定側部材に固定す るものではないため、その意味でもばらけ防止機能は実際には得られ難いものであ つた o [0009] However, in the method according to the prior art described in Patent Document 1, the reel member force and the adhesive layer of the flange portion in the normal state cause resistance in a direction that inhibits the feeding even when the tape is fed out. In reality, the adhesive strength of the adhesive layer must be relatively small. As a result, it is actually difficult to prevent the reel member force tag tape from breaking apart. It is difficult. In this prior art, the tape is to be fixed to the flange portion of the reel member, which is a rotating member rotating together with the tape, and is not fixed to the fixed member. The anti-shake function is difficult to obtain in practice o
[0010] 一方、特許文献 2に記載の従来技術においては、筐体側に回動可能に設けたテー プ弛み防止部材をテープに押圧当接させることで、不使用時におけるテープ回り止 めを図るものである。すなわち、テープを卷回するリール部材とは別に、回り止め用の 新たな部材 (テープ弛み防止部材)をテープ保持体内に追加する必要があるため、 テープ保持体内の省スペース化やコスト低減が困難となっていた。  [0010] On the other hand, in the prior art described in Patent Document 2, the tape slack prevention member that is rotatably provided on the housing side is pressed against the tape to prevent rotation of the tape when not in use. Is. In other words, in addition to the reel member that winds the tape, it is necessary to add a new anti-rotation member (tape loosening prevention member) to the tape holder, making it difficult to save space and reduce costs in the tape holder. It was.
[0011] 本発明の第 1の目的は、装置側から取り外した際のテープ弛みの発生を防止でき るテープ保持体を提供することにある。 A first object of the present invention is to provide a tape holder that can prevent the occurrence of tape slack when removed from the apparatus side.
[0012] 本発明の第 2の目的は、リール部材カもタグテープがばらけるのを確実に防止する ことにより、取り外し時のテープ弛みの発生を防止できるテープ保持体を提供するこ とにある。  [0012] A second object of the present invention is to provide a tape holder capable of preventing the occurrence of tape slack at the time of detachment by reliably preventing the reel member cover from separating the tag tape. .
[0013] 本発明の第 3の目的は、別部材を新たに追加することなく不使用時のテープ回り止 め機能を実現することにより、取り外し時のテープ弛みの発生を防止できるテープ保 持体及びこれを用いたラベル作成装置を提供することにある。  [0013] A third object of the present invention is to provide a tape holder capable of preventing tape slack at the time of removal by realizing a tape detent function when not in use without adding another member. And it is providing the label production apparatus using the same.
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0014] 上記目的を達成するために、第 1の発明は、ラベル用テープを繰り出し可能に保持 したテープ保持体であって、前記ラベル用テープを卷回したリール部材と、前記ラベ ル用テープの弛みを防止する弛み防止手段を備え、前記リール部材を回転可能に 支持する支持部とを有する。 [0014] In order to achieve the above object, a first invention is a tape holder that holds a label tape so that the label tape can be fed out, the reel member around which the label tape is wound, and the label tape And a support portion for rotatably supporting the reel member.
[0015] 本願第 1発明においては、ラベル用テープを卷回するリール部材が支持部によつ て回転可能に支持されており、この支持部が弛み防止手段を備えている。これにより[0015] In the first invention of the present application, the reel member that winds the label tape is rotatably supported by the support portion, and the support portion includes the loosening prevention means. This
、テープ保持体を装置側力 取り外した場合であっても、この弛み防止手段によって テープ弛みの発生を防止することができる。 Even when the tape holder is removed from the apparatus, the slack prevention means can prevent the tape from being slackened.
[0016] 第 2発明は、上記第 1発明において、前記リール部材は、前記ラベル用テープとし て、所定の情報を記憶する及びこのに接続され情報の送受信を行うタグ側アンテナ を備えたが長手方向に複数個配置されたタグテープを、ロール状に卷回しており、前 記支持部は、前記弛み防止手段として前記リール部材力 前記ロール状のタグテー プがばらけるのを防止するためのばらけ防止手段を備え、当該リール部材を回転可 能に支持するテープホルダであり、前記の無線タグ情報にアクセスするアクセス情報 を生成するとともにそのアクセス情報を無線通信により非接触で前記タグ側アンテナ に伝達し前記の前記無線タグ情報にアクセスするラベル作成装置に着脱可能に構 成される。 [0016] In a second aspect based on the first aspect, the reel member is the label tape. The tag side antenna which is connected to this and stores the predetermined information and transmits / receives information, but a plurality of tag tapes arranged in the longitudinal direction are wound in a roll shape. The reel member force as the slack preventing means is a tape holder that includes a roll preventing means for preventing the roll-shaped tag tape from being loosened, and rotatably supports the reel member. Access information for accessing the tag information is generated, and the access information is transmitted to the tag-side antenna in a non-contact manner by wireless communication so as to be detachable from the label producing apparatus for accessing the wireless tag information.
[0017] 本願第 2発明においては、リール部材を回転可能に支持する固定側部材であるテ ープホルダにばらけ防止手段を設けることにより、テープホルダに対しリール部材の 頻繁な取り外し '装着を行う場合であっても、リール部材力 ロール状のタグテープが ゆるんでばらけるのを確実に防止できる。この結果、ゆるみによって搬送むらや印字 の不具合等が生じることがなぐまた再装着時にゆるんだテープをまき直す必要もな [0017] In the second invention of the present application, when the tape holder, which is a fixed-side member that rotatably supports the reel member, is provided with a means for preventing detachment, the reel member is frequently removed and attached to the tape holder. Even so, the reel member force roll tag tape can be reliably prevented from coming loose. As a result, the looseness does not cause uneven transport or printing problems, and it is not necessary to rewind the loose tape when reattaching.
V、ので、高 、生産性で無線タグラベル作成作業を行うことができる。 V, so RFID label production work can be done with high productivity.
[0018] 第 3発明は、上記第 2発明において、前記ばらけ防止手段は、前記タグテープの長 手方向端部又は幅方向縁部を挿入し係止する切り欠き部である。 [0018] A third invention is the above-mentioned second invention, wherein the anti-scattering means is a notch for inserting and locking the longitudinal direction end or the widthwise edge of the tag tape.
[0019] テープホルダにばらけ防止手段として設けた切り欠き部にタグテープの長手方向端 部又は幅方向端部を挿入し係止することにより、テープ自体が径方向外側に広がつ ていこうとする挙動を直接阻止できる。したがって、リール部材からロール状のタグテ ープがゆるんでばらけるのを防止できる。 [0019] By inserting and engaging the longitudinal end portion or the width direction end portion of the tag tape in the notch portion provided as a means for preventing the tape holder from being scattered, the tape itself will spread radially outward. Can be prevented directly. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the roll-shaped tag tape from coming loose from the reel member.
[0020] 第 4発明は、上記第 3発明において、前記テープホルダは、前記リール部材の軸方 向両側にその軸線と略直交するように配設される一方側側壁部及び他方側側壁部と 、これら側壁部の 、ずれか〖こ接続され前記ラベル作成装置に配置されたセンサ手段 と協働して前記タグテープの種類を特定するタグテープ特定部とを有し、前記切り欠 き部は、前記一方側側壁部、前記他方側側壁部、及び前記タグテープ特定部のうち 少なくとも 1つに設けられて 、る。  [0020] A fourth invention is the above-mentioned third invention, wherein the tape holder includes a first side wall portion and a second side wall portion disposed on both sides in the axial direction of the reel member so as to be substantially orthogonal to the axis. The side wall portion has a tag tape specifying portion for specifying the type of the tag tape in cooperation with the sensor means disposed on the label producing apparatus, and the notch portion is connected to the side wall portion. And provided on at least one of the one side wall portion, the other side wall portion, and the tag tape specifying portion.
[0021] テープホルダの一方側側壁部、他方側側壁部、タグテープ特定部の少なくともどれ 力 1つに設けた切り欠き部にタグテープの長手方向端部又は幅方向端部を挿入し係 止することにより、テープ自体が径方向外側に広がっていこうとする挙動を直接阻止 できる。 [0021] A longitudinal end portion or a width direction end portion of the tag tape is inserted into a notch portion provided in at least one of the one side wall portion, the other side wall portion, and the tag tape specific portion of the tape holder. By stopping, it is possible to directly prevent the tape itself from spreading outward in the radial direction.
[0022] 第 5発明は、上記第 3又は第 4発明において、前記は、前記タグテープの幅方向一 方側に配置されており、前記切り欠き部は、前記一方側側壁部及び前記他方側側壁 部のうち、前記幅方向他方側に対応する側壁部に設けられている。  [0022] A fifth invention is the above-described third or fourth invention, wherein the above is disposed on one side in the width direction of the tag tape, and the cutout portion includes the one side wall and the other side. It is provided in the side wall part corresponding to the said width direction other side among side wall parts.
[0023] 無線タグ回路素子が設けられている側と反対側に切り欠き部を設け、その反対側の テープを切り欠き部に挿入し係止することにより、テープの挿入係止時に無線タグ回 路素子に悪影響が及ばないようにすることができる。  [0023] A notch is provided on the side opposite to the side on which the RFID tag circuit element is provided, and the tape on the opposite side is inserted and locked into the notch so that the RFID tag The road element can be prevented from being adversely affected.
[0024] 第 6発明は、上記第 2発明において、前記ばらけ防止手段は、前記テープホルダに おいて前記リール部材の軸方向両側を回転可能に支持するように配設され、前記ラ ベル作成装置に取り付けたときには前記リール部材の支持部近傍における互いの距 離が離れる一方で前記ラベル作成装置より取り外したときには前記リール部材支持 部近傍における互いの距離が近づき前記ロール状のタグテープの側面を押圧するよ うに構成された、一方側側壁部及び他方側側壁部である。  [0024] In a sixth aspect based on the second aspect, the scatter prevention means is disposed so as to rotatably support both sides of the reel member in the axial direction on the tape holder. When attached to the apparatus, the distance between the reel member supporting parts is separated from each other, while when the reel member is removed from the label producing apparatus, the distance between the reel member supporting parts is reduced and the side surface of the roll-shaped tag tape is moved. The one side wall part and the other side wall part configured to be pressed.
[0025] テープホルダに設けた一方側側壁部及び他方側側壁部が、ラベル作成装置に取 り付けたときにはリール部材支持部近傍における互いの距離が離れることでリール部 材の回転を許容する一方、ラベル作成装置より取り外したときにはリール部材支持部 近傍における互いの距離が近づきロール状のタグテープの側面を押圧することで、 ロール状のタグテープ全体が回転しょうとする挙動を阻止できる。これにより、リール 部材からロール状のタグテープがゆるんでばらけるのを防止できる。  [0025] When the one side wall portion and the other side wall portion provided on the tape holder are attached to the label producing apparatus, the distance between the reel member support portion and the reel member is allowed to rotate. When removed from the label producing apparatus, the distance between the reel member supporting portions near each other is reduced and the side surface of the roll-shaped tag tape is pressed to prevent the entire roll-shaped tag tape from rotating. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the roll-shaped tag tape from loosening and separating from the reel member.
[0026] 第 7発明は、上記第 6発明において、前記は、前記タグテープの幅方向一方側に 配置されており、前記一方側側壁部及び前記他方側側壁部のうち前記幅方向一方 側に対応する側壁部は、前記幅方向他方側に対応する側壁部よりも大きな面積を備 えている。  [0026] A seventh invention is the above-mentioned sixth invention, wherein the tag tape is disposed on one side in the width direction of the tag tape, and on one side in the width direction of the one side wall portion and the other side wall portion. The corresponding side wall portion has a larger area than the side wall portion corresponding to the other side in the width direction.
[0027] ラベル作成装置への取り外し及び取り付け時に一方側側壁部と他方側側壁部とが 遠近するとき、その遠近動作によっていずれの側壁部にもたわみが生じる力 無線タ グ回路素子が設けられている側の側壁部の面積を大きくしてその反対側の側壁部よ りも強度的に強くすることで、相対的にたわみが生じる量を小さくできる。この結果、 上記ラベル作成装置への取り外し及び取り付けに伴う両側壁部の遠近時に無線タグ 回路素子に悪影響が及ばないようにすることができる。 [0027] When the side wall portion on the one side and the side wall portion on the other side move away from each other when being attached to and removed from the label producing apparatus, a force that causes deflection in any of the side wall portions due to the perspective operation is provided. By increasing the area of the side wall portion on the opposite side and making it stronger than the side wall portion on the opposite side, the amount of relative deflection can be reduced. As a result, The RFID tag circuit element can be prevented from being adversely affected when the side wall portions are removed from and attached to the label producing apparatus.
[0028] 第 8発明は、上記第 2発明において、前記テープホルダは、前記リール部材の軸方 向両側にその軸線と略直交するように配設される一方側側壁部及び他方側側壁部 を有し、前記ばらけ防止手段は、前記テープホルダにおいて前記リール部材の軸方 向と直交する方向にスライド可能となるように前記一方側側壁部及び前記他方側側 壁部に接続され、前記テープホルダを前記ラベル作成装置に取り付けたときには前 記リール部材力 離れる方向にスライドする一方で前記テープホルダを前記ラベル 作成装置より取り外したときには前記リール部材に近づく方向にスライドし前記ロール 状のタグテープを押圧するように構成されたスライド押圧部材である。  [0028] In an eighth aspect based on the second aspect, the tape holder has one side wall portion and the other side wall portion disposed on both sides in the axial direction of the reel member so as to be substantially orthogonal to the axis. And the scatter prevention means is connected to the one side wall and the other side wall so as to be slidable in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the reel member in the tape holder, and the tape When the holder is attached to the label producing device, the reel member force slides in a direction away from the reel, while when the tape holder is removed from the label producing device, the holder is slid in the direction approaching the reel member to remove the roll-shaped tag tape. A slide pressing member configured to press.
[0029] テープホルダにばらけ防止手段として設けたスライド押圧部材力 テープホルダを ラベル作成装置に取り付けたときにはリール部材カも離れる方向にスライドすることで リール部材の回転を許容する一方、テープホルダをラベル作成装置より取り外したと きにはリール部材に近づく方向にスライドしロール状のタグテープを押圧することで、 ロール状のタグテープ全体が回転しょうとする挙動を阻止できる。これにより、リール 部材からロール状のタグテープがゆるんでばらけるのを防止できる。  [0029] The slide pressing member force provided as a means for preventing the tape holder from being loosened When the tape holder is attached to the label producing apparatus, the reel member is allowed to slide away from the reel member to allow the reel member to rotate. When it is removed from the label producing device, it slides in the direction approaching the reel member and presses the rolled tag tape, thereby preventing the entire rolled tag tape from rotating. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the roll-shaped tag tape from loosening and separating from the reel member.
[0030] 第 9発明は、上記第 8発明において、前記スライド押圧部材は、前記タグテープのう ち前記以外の部分に当接し押圧する押圧部を備える。  [0030] In a ninth aspect based on the eighth aspect, the slide pressing member includes a pressing portion that contacts and presses a portion other than the portion of the tag tape.
[0031] テープホルダをラベル作成装置カゝら取り外した時にスライド押圧部材がリール部材 に近づきタグテープを押圧するとき、無線タグ回路素子が設けられている部分を避け てその他の部分のみに押圧部を当接させることで、無線タグ回路素子に押圧による 悪影響が及ばな 、ようにすることができる。  [0031] When the slide pressing member comes close to the reel member and presses the tag tape when the tape holder is removed from the label producing apparatus, the pressing portion is applied only to the other portion, avoiding the portion where the RFID circuit element is provided. By making the contact, the RFID tag circuit element can be prevented from being adversely affected by the pressing.
[0032] 第 10発明は、上記第 2乃至第 9発明のいずれかにおいて、前記テープホルダを、 電磁波遮蔽機能を備えた金属部材で構成する。  [0032] According to a tenth aspect, in any one of the second to ninth aspects, the tape holder is formed of a metal member having an electromagnetic wave shielding function.
[0033] これにより、テープホルダ内外をシールドすることができるので、テープホルダ外部 力 の電波によってタグテープの無線タグ回路素子に対し誤って誤読み取りや誤書 き込みが行われるのを確実に防止することができる。  [0033] By this, the inside and outside of the tape holder can be shielded, so that erroneous reading and writing can be reliably prevented from being accidentally performed on the RFID tag circuit element of the tag tape by radio waves generated by the external force of the tape holder. can do.
[0034] 第 11発明は、上記第 1発明において、前記支持部は、前記弛み防止手段として前 記リール部材を回転可能又は不能に切り替えて支持可能な切り替え支持機構を一 体的に備え、当該リール部材を回転可能に支持する筐体であり、この筐体内に前記 ラベル用テープを繰り出し可能に収納する。 [0034] In an eleventh aspect based on the first aspect, the support portion is a front part as the loosening prevention means. This is a housing that is provided with a switching support mechanism that can support the reel member by switching the reel member to be rotatable or impossible, and to support the reel member in a rotatable manner. The label tape can be fed into the housing. Store.
[0035] 本願第 11発明においては、ラベル用テープを卷回したリール部材を、切り替え支 持機構で回転可能又は不能に切り替えることにより、ラベル作成時にはリール部材を 回転可能にしてリール部材力 ラベル用テープを繰り出し可能とし、それ以外の場合 には、リール部材を回転不能として操作者や振動による不用意なラベル用テープの 引き出しを未然に防止することができる。この際、切り替え支持機構が、ラベル用テー プを収納したテープ保持体の筐体に一体的に設けられていることにより、従来構造と 異なり、テープ保持体に別部材を新たに追加することなく上記テープ回り止め機能を 実現できるので、コスト低減及び省スペース化を図れる。  [0035] In the eleventh invention of the present application, the reel member wound with the label tape is switched to be rotatable or impossible by the switching support mechanism, so that the reel member can be rotated at the time of producing the label. In other cases, the tape can be fed out, and the reel member cannot be rotated to prevent the operator from inadvertently pulling out the label tape due to vibration. At this time, since the switching support mechanism is integrally provided in the casing of the tape holder that stores the tape for labeling, unlike the conventional structure, there is no need to add another member to the tape holder. Since the tape detent function can be realized, cost reduction and space saving can be achieved.
[0036] 第 12発明は、上記第 11発明において、前記切り替え支持機構は、前記筐体に一 体的に設けられ、前記リール部材の径方向内側又は外側に弾性変形可能な弾性ボ ス部材を備える。  [0036] In a twelfth aspect based on the eleventh aspect, the switching support mechanism is provided integrally with the casing, and is provided with an elastic box member elastically deformable radially inward or outward of the reel member. Prepare.
[0037] 弾性ボス部材のリール部材径方向内側(又は外側)方向への弾性変形性を利用し 、径方向内側(又は外側)に変形したときにはリール部材を回転可能とする一方、変 形力も復帰したときにはリール部材を回転不能とすることで、リール部材を回転可能 又は不能に切り替え支持する機能を実現できる。  [0037] Utilizing the elastic deformability of the elastic boss member toward the inside (or outside) of the reel member in the radial direction, the reel member can be rotated when deformed in the inside (or outside) in the radial direction, and the deformation force is also restored. In such a case, by making the reel member non-rotatable, it is possible to realize a function of switching the reel member to be rotatable or impossible.
[0038] 第 13発明は、上記第 12発明において、前記弾性ボス部材は、前記リール部材の 径方向の内側又は外側に係合又は接触して回転不能とする回転止め部を備える。  [0038] In a thirteenth aspect based on the twelfth aspect, the elastic boss member includes a rotation stop portion that engages or contacts with the inner side or the outer side in the radial direction of the reel member so as not to rotate.
[0039] 径方向内側(又は外側)への変形性を備えた弾性ボス部材の回転止め部をリール 部材の径方向内側(又は外側)に係合又は接触させることで、リール部材を確実に回 転不能とし、操作者による不用意なラベル用テープの引き出しを未然に防止すること ができる。  [0039] By engaging or contacting the rotation stop portion of the elastic boss member, which is deformable inward (or outward) in the radial direction, with the radial inner side (or outward) of the reel member, the reel member can be reliably rotated. This prevents the label tape from being inadvertently pulled out by the operator.
[0040] 第 14発明は、上記第 13発明において、前記リール部材は、その径方向内側又は 外側に係合用凹部を備えており、前記回転止め部は、その径方向外側又は内側に 前記係合用凹部と係合可能な係合用凸部を備えて 、る。  [0040] In a fourteenth aspect based on the thirteenth aspect, the reel member is provided with an engagement concave portion on an inner side or an outer side in the radial direction, and the rotation stopper is disposed on the outer side or the inner side in the radial direction. An engaging convex portion engageable with the concave portion is provided.
[0041] 回転止め部の径方向外側(又は内側)に備えた係合用凸部をリール部材の径方向 内側(又は外側)〖こ備えた係合用凹部に係合させることにより、リール部材を回転不 能とする機能を実現することができる。 [0041] The engaging protrusion provided on the radially outer side (or the inner side) of the rotation stopper is formed in the radial direction of the reel member. By engaging with the engaging recess provided on the inner side (or outer side), the function of making the reel member non-rotatable can be realized.
[0042] 第 15発明は、上記第 14発明において、前記回転止め部の前記係合用凸部は周 方向 3箇所又は 4箇所に設けられており、前記リール部材の係合用凹部は前記係合 用凸部の配置箇所数の整数倍の箇所に設けられて 、る。  [0042] In a fifteenth aspect based on the fourteenth aspect, the engaging convex portion of the rotation stop portion is provided at three or four circumferential directions, and the engaging concave portion of the reel member is the engaging concave portion. It is provided at a location that is an integral multiple of the number of locations of the convex portions.
[0043] リール部材の係合用凹部を、回転止め部の係合用凸部の整数倍だけ設けることに より、非係合状態にぉ 、ては周方向に相対回転可能なそれら係合用凹部及び係合 用凸部の係合機会を増大させ、円滑かつ迅速な係合動作を実現することができる。  [0043] By providing the engagement recesses of the reel member by an integral multiple of the engagement protrusions of the rotation stopper, these engagement recesses and engagements that are relatively rotatable in the circumferential direction in the non-engaged state. It is possible to increase the engagement opportunity of the joint convex portion and realize a smooth and quick engagement operation.
[0044] 第 16発明は、上記第 13発明において、前記回転止め部は、その径方向外側又は 内側に、前記リール部材の内側又は外側に接触して回転不能とする粗面領域を備 えている。  [0044] In a sixteenth aspect based on the thirteenth aspect, the rotation stop portion has a rough surface area which is in contact with the inner side or the outer side of the reel member and cannot be rotated on the outer side or the inner side in the radial direction. .
[0045] 回転止め部の径方向外側又は内側に備えた粗面領域をリール部材の径方向内側 又は外側に接触させることにより、リール部材を回転不能とする機能を実現することが できる。  [0045] A function of making the reel member non-rotatable can be realized by bringing the rough surface area provided on the radially outer side or the inner side of the rotation stop portion into contact with the radially inner side or the outer side of the reel member.
[0046] 第 17発明は、上記第 13乃至第 16発明のいずれかにおいて、前記弾性ボス部材 は、径方向内側又は外側に駆動操作されることで前記回転止め部の前記リール部 材との接触又は係合を解放し、前記リール部材を回転可能とする被駆動操作部を備 える。  [0046] In a seventeenth aspect according to any one of the thirteenth to sixteenth aspects, the elastic boss member is driven inward or outward in the radial direction to contact the reel member of the rotation stop portion. Alternatively, a driven operation unit that releases the engagement and makes the reel member rotatable is provided.
[0047] 回転止め部が径方向内側又は外側に係合又は接触して回転不能とされたリール 部材に対し、テープ保持体がラベル作成装置側に取り付けられた際に被駆動操作 部が径方向内側又は外側に駆動操作されるようにすることで、被駆動操作部が回転 止め部のリール部材との接触又は係合を解放しリール部材を回転可能とすることが できる。  [0047] When the tape holder is attached to the label producing apparatus side with respect to the reel member in which the rotation stopper is engaged or brought into contact with the inner side or the outer side in the radial direction and cannot be rotated, the driven operation unit is in the radial direction. By driving the inner side or the outer side, the driven operation portion can release the contact or engagement with the reel member of the rotation stop portion, and the reel member can be rotated.
[0048] 第 18発明は、上記第 11乃至第 17発明のいずれかにおいて、前記ラベル用テープ は、複数のを長手方向に所定ピッチで配置したタグテープである。  [0048] An eighteenth invention is the tag tape according to any one of the eleventh to seventeenth inventions, wherein the label tape is a plurality of labels arranged at a predetermined pitch in a longitudinal direction.
[0049] ラベル用テープが無線タグ回路素子を所定ピッチで配置したタグテープである場 合、当該所定ピッチで配置された無線タグ回路素子を位置決めして無線タグ回路素 子に対し情報の書き込み又は読み取りを行って無線タグラベルを作成する。このた め、操作者や振動による不用意なラベル用テープの引き出しを未然に防止すること で、上記無線タグ回路素子の位置決め狂いを防止し、タグラベル作成の信頼性を向 上することができる。 [0049] When the label tape is a tag tape in which RFID circuit elements are arranged at a predetermined pitch, the RFID circuit elements arranged at the predetermined pitch are positioned and information is written to the RFID circuit element or Read to create a RFID label. others Therefore, by preventing inadvertent pulling out of the label tape due to an operator or vibration, the positioning error of the RFID circuit element can be prevented, and the reliability of tag label production can be improved.
[0050] 上記目的を達成するために、第 19発明は、筐体、前記筐体に一体的に設けられ径 方向内側又は外側に弾性変形可能な弾性ボス部材、及び、この弾性ボス部材の径 方向外側又は内側に回転可能に配置され前記ラベル用テープを卷回したリール部 材を有するテープ保持体を保持する保持体ホルダ部と、この保持体ホルダ部に保持 された前記テープ保持体の前記リール部材を駆動して前記ラベル用テープを繰り出 すための駆動手段とを有する。  [0050] In order to achieve the above object, the nineteenth invention provides a housing, an elastic boss member integrally provided in the housing and elastically deformable radially inward or outward, and a diameter of the elastic boss member A holding body holder portion for holding a tape holding body having a reel member around which the label tape is wound, which is rotatably arranged on the outer side or the inner side in the direction, and the tape holding body held by the holding body holder portion. Drive means for driving the reel member to feed out the label tape.
[0051] 本願第 19発明においては、保持体ホルダ部にテープ保持体を取り付けた状態で 駆動手段でリール部材を駆動し、繰り出したラベル用テープを用いてラベルを作成 する。ここで、テープ保持体側では、弾性ボス部材の径方向内側(又は外側)への弹 性変形性を利用し、例えば径方向内側(又は外側)に変形したときには弾性ボス部材 の径方向外側(又は内側)に位置するリール部材を回転可能とする一方、変形から 復帰したときにはリール部材を回転不能とすることで、上記ラベル作成時にはリール 部材を回転可能にしてリール部材カもラベル用テープを繰り出し可能とし、それ以外 の場合にはリール部材を回転不能として操作者による不用意なラベル用テープの引 き出しを未然に防止することができる。この際、テープ保持体の筐体に一体的に設け た弾性ボス部材で上記リール部材の回り止め機能を実現することにより、従来構造の ようにテープ保持体に別部材を新たに追加する必要がなぐコスト低減及び省スぺー ス化を図ることができる。  [0051] In the nineteenth invention of the present application, the reel member is driven by the driving means in a state where the tape holder is attached to the holder holder portion, and a label is produced using the fed label tape. Here, on the tape holding body side, the elastic deformation property of the elastic boss member toward the inner side (or outer side) in the radial direction is utilized. The reel member located inside) can be rotated, while the reel member cannot be rotated when returning from deformation, so that the reel member can be rotated and the reel tape can be fed out when the label is created. In other cases, the reel member cannot be rotated to prevent the operator from inadvertently pulling out the label tape. At this time, it is necessary to add another member to the tape holder as in the conventional structure by realizing the rotation prevention function of the reel member by the elastic boss member integrally provided in the casing of the tape holder. The cost can be reduced and the space can be saved.
[0052] 第 20発明は、上記第 19発明において、前記保持体ホルダ部は、前記弾性ボス部 材に備えられた被駆動操作部を径方向内側又は外側に駆動操作し前記弾性ボス部 材を径方向内側又は外側に弾性変形させる駆動操作部を備える。  [0052] In a twentieth aspect according to the nineteenth aspect, the holder holder part is configured to drive the driven operation part provided in the elastic boss part member inward or outward in the radial direction so that the elastic boss part member is A drive operation unit that elastically deforms radially inward or outward is provided.
[0053] 非変形状態の弾性ボス部材にて回転不能とされているリール部材に対し、テープ 保持体が保持体ホルダ部に取り付けられた際に駆動操作部で弾性ボス部材の被駆 動操作部を径方向内側 (又は外側)に駆動操作して弾性変形させることで、リール部 材を解放し回転可能とすることができる。 [0054] 第 21発明は、上記第 20発明において、前記駆動操作部は、前記被駆動操作部が 貫入されるに従い径方向内側又は外側へと誘導する略テーパ状の面である。 [0053] When the tape holder is attached to the holder holder portion with respect to the reel member that is not rotatable by the non-deformed elastic boss member, the driving operation portion of the elastic boss member is driven by the drive operation portion. The reel member can be released and rotated by driving it radially inward (or outward) and elastically deforming it. [0054] In a twenty-first aspect based on the twentieth aspect, the drive operation portion is a substantially tapered surface that guides radially inward or outward as the driven operation portion is inserted.
[0055] 被駆動操作部が貫入されたときに略テーパ状の面で径方向内側 (又は外側)へと 誘導することで、弾性ボス部材を径方向内側 (又は外側)に変形させ、弾性ボス部材 の径方向外側(又は内側)に位置するリール部材を回転可能とすることができる。  [0055] When the driven operation portion is inserted, the elastic boss member is deformed inward (or outward) in the radial direction by guiding the elastic boss member radially inward (or outward) with a substantially tapered surface, and the elastic boss The reel member located on the radially outer side (or inner side) of the member can be made rotatable.
[0056] 第 22発明は、上記第 19乃至第 21発明のいずれかにおいて、前記駆動手段を、そ の駆動時における前記ラベル用テープの位置決め精度が、前記テープ保持体のリ ール部材の径方向内側又は外側に設けた係合用凹部と前記弾性ボス部材の径方 向外側又は内側に設けた係合用凸部との係合時の余裕寸法より大きくなるように、駆 動制御する制御手段を有する。  [0056] In a twenty-second invention according to any one of the nineteenth to twenty-first inventions, the positioning accuracy of the label tape at the time of driving the driving means is the diameter of the reel member of the tape holder. Control means for controlling the drive so that the engagement recess provided on the inner side or the outer side in the direction and the engagement convex portion provided on the outer side or the inner side in the radial direction of the elastic boss member are larger than a margin dimension at the time of engagement. Have.
[0057] リール部材の係合用凹部と弾性ボス部材の係合用凸部との係合時の余裕寸法 (ガ タ)を、駆動手段のラベル用テープの位置決め精度よりも小さくすることにより、リール 部材を回転不能 (ロック)状態とし、さらにその後回転可能状態に復帰させた場合に 位置ずれが発生したとしても、駆動手段を駆動してラベル作成を開始したときの位置 決めに影響を与えな 、ようにすることができる。  [0057] The reel member is made by reducing the margin dimension (gutter) at the time of engagement between the engaging concave portion of the reel member and the engaging convex portion of the elastic boss member to be smaller than the positioning accuracy of the label tape of the driving means. Even if a misalignment occurs when the device is set to the non-rotatable (locked) state and then returned to the rotatable state, it does not affect the positioning when the drive means is driven and label creation is started. Can be.
[0058] 第 23発明は、上記第 19乃至第 22発明のいずれかにおいて、前記ラベル用テープ としてのタグテープに所定ピッチにて複数個配置されたとの間で無線通信により情報 の送受信を行う装置側アンテナと、前記のへのアクセス情報を生成し、前記装置側ァ ンテナを介して前記へ送信し、前記の IC回路部への情報書き込み又は IC回路部か らの情報読み取りを行う情報アクセス手段とを有する。  [0058] A twenty-third invention is the device according to any one of the nineteenth to twenty-second inventions, wherein information is transmitted and received by wireless communication with a plurality of tag tapes arranged at a predetermined pitch as the label tape. -Side antenna and information access means for generating access information to the device, transmitting the information to the device via the device-side antenna, and writing information to the IC circuit unit or reading information from the IC circuit unit And have.
[0059] ラベル用テープが無線タグ回路素子を所定ピッチで複数個配置したタグテープで ある場合、当該所定ピッチで配置された無線タグ回路素子を位置決めして、無線タグ 回路素子に対し情報アクセス手段で生成したアクセス情報を装置側アンテナより送 信し、情報の書き込み又は読み取りを行って無線タグラベルを作成する。このため、 操作者や振動による不用意なラベル用テープの引き出しを未然に防止することで、 上記無線タグ回路素子の位置決め狂 、を防止し、タグラベル作成の信頼性を向上 することができる。  [0059] When the label tape is a tag tape in which a plurality of RFID circuit elements are arranged at a predetermined pitch, the RFID circuit elements arranged at the predetermined pitch are positioned, and information access means is provided for the RFID circuit elements. The access information generated in (1) is sent from the antenna on the device side, and the RFID label is created by writing or reading the information. For this reason, by preventing the operator from inadvertently pulling out the label tape due to vibration, the positioning error of the RFID circuit element can be prevented, and the reliability of tag label production can be improved.
発明の効果 [0060] 請求項 1記載の発明によれば、装置側から取り外した際のテープ弛みの発生を防 止することができる。 The invention's effect [0060] According to the invention of claim 1, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of tape slack when removed from the apparatus side.
[0061] 請求項 2乃至 10記載の発明によれば、リール部材を回転可能に支持する固定側 部材であるテープホルダにばらけ防止手段を設けるので、リール部材からロール状 のタグテープがゆるんでばらけるのを確実に防止できる。  [0061] According to the inventions of claims 2 to 10, since the anti-scattering means is provided on the tape holder which is a fixed side member for rotatably supporting the reel member, the roll-shaped tag tape is loosened from the reel member. It can be surely prevented from spreading.
[0062] 請求項 11乃至 23記載の発明によれば、カートリッジ内に別部材を新たに追加する ことなぐ不使用時のテープ回り止め機能を実現することができる。 [0062] According to the invention of claims 11 to 23, it is possible to realize a tape detent function when not in use without newly adding another member in the cartridge.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0063] [図 1]本発明の一実施形態によるタグテープロール体を備えたラベル作成装置の概 略構成を表す斜視図である。  FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a label producing apparatus provided with a tag tape roll body according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[図 2]図 1に示したラベル作成装置の上カバーを取り外した状態を表す斜視図である  2 is a perspective view showing a state where the upper cover of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 is removed.
[図 3]図 2に示した構造の側面図である。 FIG. 3 is a side view of the structure shown in FIG.
[図 4]図 3中 X— X' 断面による断面図である。  4 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX ′ in FIG.
[図 5]図 1に示したラベル作成装置より上カバー及びタグテープロールを取り外した状 態を表す斜視図、及び図 3 (A)中 W部の拡大斜視図である。  5 is a perspective view showing a state in which an upper cover and a tag tape roll are removed from the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1, and an enlarged perspective view of a W portion in FIG. 3 (A).
[図 6]図 1に示したラベル作成装置の上カバーを取り外した状態を表す後方斜視図で ある。  FIG. 6 is a rear perspective view showing a state where the upper cover of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 is removed.
[図 7]図 1に示したラベル作成装置にテープホルダが装着された状態を上カバーを取 り外して示す側断面図である。  FIG. 7 is a side cross-sectional view showing a state where the tape holder is attached to the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1, with the upper cover removed.
[図 8]タグテープに備えられる無線タグ回路素子の機能的構成を表す機能ブロック図 である。  FIG. 8 is a functional block diagram showing a functional configuration of an RFID tag circuit element provided in the tag tape.
[図 9]ラベル作成装置の制御系を表す概念図である。  FIG. 9 is a conceptual diagram showing a control system of the label producing apparatus.
[図 10]高周波回路の詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of a high-frequency circuit.
[図 11]タグテープロール体の詳細構造を表す前側上方力もの斜視図、及び下側後 方からの斜視図である。  FIG. 11 is a front perspective view of the tag tape roll body showing a detailed structure, and a perspective view from the lower rear side.
[図 12]テープホルダを斜め後方側力もみた斜視図、及び斜め前方側力もみた斜視図 である。 [図 13]テープホルダの詳細構造を表す左側面図、正面図、及び右側面図である。 FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the tape holder with an oblique rear side force and a perspective view of an oblique forward side force. FIG. 13 is a left side view, a front view, and a right side view showing the detailed structure of the tape holder.
[図 14]図 13 (A)中 Y— 断面における矢視断面図である。 FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view taken along an arrow Y-section in FIG. 13 (A).
[図 15]図 13 (A)中 Z—Z' 断面における矢視断面図である。 FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line ZZ ′ in FIG. 13 (A).
[図 16]位置決め保持部材のテープ判別部にタグテープの種類を表すセンサ孔を穿 設した例を示す図である。  FIG. 16 is a view showing an example in which a sensor hole indicating the type of tag tape is formed in the tape discriminating portion of the positioning holding member.
[図 17]テープホルダのラベル作成装置側への装着挙動の一例について説明するた めの説明図である。  FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of the mounting behavior of the tape holder on the label producing apparatus side.
[図 18]無線タグラベルの外観の一例を表す上面図及び下面図である。  FIGS. 18A and 18B are a top view and a bottom view showing an example of the appearance of a wireless tag label.
[図 19]図 18中 XIX-XIX' 断面による横断面図である。  FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along the XIX-XIX ′ section in FIG.
圆 20]切り欠き部によるばらけ防止効果を概念的に表す説明図である。 [20] FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram conceptually showing the effect of preventing the notch from being scattered.
[図 21]卷芯を挟み込んで回転停止させる変形例を表す縦断面図である。  FIG. 21 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a modification example in which rotation is stopped by sandwiching the core.
[図 22]操作者がテープホルダを取り付けるときの挙動を表す図である。  FIG. 22 is a diagram showing the behavior when the operator attaches the tape holder.
圆 23]上蓋部材を設ける変形例を表す縦断面図である。 [FIG. 23] is a longitudinal sectional view showing a modification in which an upper lid member is provided.
[図 24]テープホルダを斜め後方側みた斜視図である。  FIG. 24 is a perspective view of the tape holder as viewed obliquely from the rear side.
[図 25]テープホルダがラベル作成装置側に取り付けられるときの挙動を表す図である  FIG. 25 is a diagram showing the behavior when the tape holder is attached to the label producing apparatus side.
[図 26]テープホルダ取り外し状態のタグテープ押圧及びテープホルダ取り付け時の タグテープ解放状態の挙動をそれぞれ概念的に示した説明図である。 FIG. 26 is an explanatory diagram conceptually showing the behavior of the tag tape when the tape holder is removed and the tag tape released when the tape holder is attached.
圆 27]本発明の一実施形態のラベル用テープロールを備えたラベル作成装置が適 用される無線タグ生成システムを表すシステム構成図である。 27] FIG. 27 is a system configuration diagram showing a wireless tag generation system to which a label producing apparatus including a label tape roll according to an embodiment of the present invention is applied.
圆 28]図 27に示したラベル作成装置の詳細構造を表す概念的構成図である。 [28] FIG. 28 is a conceptual block diagram showing the detailed structure of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG.
圆 29]図 27に示したラベル作成装置の外観構造を表す上面図である。 [29] FIG. 29 is a top view showing the external structure of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG.
圆 30]図 27に示したラベル作成装置の外観構造を表す斜視図である。 [30] FIG. 30 is a perspective view showing the external structure of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG.
圆 31]図 28に示したカートリッジの概念的構造を基材テープの詳細拡大構造ととも に表す説明図である。 [31] FIG. 31 is an explanatory view showing the conceptual structure of the cartridge shown in FIG. 28 together with the detailed enlarged structure of the base tape.
[図 32]第 1ロールのリール部材のカートリッジ筐体の取り付け構造を表す側断面図、 及び図 32 (a)中 P方向から見た下面図である。  FIG. 32 is a side sectional view showing the mounting structure of the cartridge housing of the reel member of the first roll, and a bottom view as seen from the direction P in FIG. 32 (a).
圆 33]第 1ロールのリール部材のカートリッジ筐体の取り付け構造を表す一部破断分 解斜視図である。 [33] Partially broken portion representing the mounting structure of the cartridge housing of the reel member of the first roll FIG.
[図 34]カートリッジホルダ部の略円弧状部近傍に位置する、爪部に対応した部分の 詳細構造を表す要部抽出斜視図である。  FIG. 34 is an essential part extraction perspective view showing a detailed structure of a portion corresponding to the claw portion located in the vicinity of the substantially arc-shaped portion of the cartridge holder portion.
[図 35]図 33に示したリール部材を含むカートリッジが取り付けられた状態を概念的に 表す斜視図である。  FIG. 35 is a perspective view conceptually showing a state where a cartridge including the reel member shown in FIG. 33 is attached.
[図 36]カートリッジを筐体のカートリッジホルダ部に取り付けるときの取り付け挙動を表 す説明図である。  FIG. 36 is an explanatory diagram showing the attachment behavior when the cartridge is attached to the cartridge holder portion of the housing.
[図 37]無線タグラベルの外観の一例を表す上面図及び下面図である。  FIG. 37 is a top view and a bottom view showing an example of the appearance of a wireless tag label.
[図 38]図 37中 XXXVIII— XXXVIII' 断面による横断面図である。  FIG. 38 is a cross sectional view taken along a section XXXVIII-XXXVIII ′ in FIG.
[図 39]無線タグ情報の書き込み又は読み取りに際して、端末又は汎用コンピュータ に表示される画面の一例を表す図である。  FIG. 39 is a diagram illustrating an example of a screen displayed on a terminal or a general-purpose computer when wireless tag information is written or read.
[図 40]図 28に示した制御回路によって実行される制御手順を表すフローチャートで ある。  FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit shown in FIG. 28.
[図 41]図 40中のステップ S500の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing a detailed procedure of step S500 in FIG.
[図 42]リール回転止め構造に関する変形例におけるリール部材のカートリッジ筐体の 取り付け構造を表す側断面図、及び図 42 (a)中 Q方向から見た下面図である。  FIG. 42 is a side sectional view showing a cartridge housing mounting structure of a reel member in a modified example related to the reel rotation stop structure, and a bottom view seen from the Q direction in FIG. 42 (a).
[図 43]リール回転止め構造に関する別の変形例におけるリール部材のカートリッジ筐 体の取り付け構造を表す側断面図、及び図 43 (a)中 R方向力 見た下面図である。  FIG. 43 is a side sectional view showing a cartridge housing mounting structure of a reel member in another modified example related to the reel rotation stop structure, and a bottom view of the force in the R direction in FIG. 43 (a).
[図 44]リール回転止め構造に関するさらに別の変形例におけるリール部材のカートリ ッジ筐体の取り付け構造を表す側断面図、及び図 44 (a)中 S方向から見た下面図で ある。  FIG. 44 is a side sectional view showing a mounting structure of a cartridge housing of a reel member in still another modified example related to the reel rotation stop structure, and a bottom view seen from the S direction in FIG. 44 (a).
[図 45]リール回転止め構造に関する変形例におけるリール部材のカートリッジ筐体の 取り付け構造を表す側断面図、及び図 45 (a)中 T方向力 見た下面図である。 圆 46]制御回路によって実行される無線タグ情報読み取り ·印字処理手順を表すフ ローチャートである。  FIG. 45 is a side sectional view showing a cartridge housing mounting structure of a reel member in a modified example related to the reel rotation stop structure, and a bottom view of the force in the T direction in FIG. 45 (a). [46] This is a flow chart showing the RFID tag information reading / printing process executed by the control circuit.
[図 47]径方向内側外側の関係を逆にした変形例の要部概略構造を表す側断面図及 び要部抽出斜視図である。 FIG. 47 is a side sectional view and a main part extraction perspective view showing a schematic structure of a main part of a modified example in which the relationship between the radially inner and outer sides is reversed.
符号の説明 ラベル作成装置 Explanation of symbols Label making device
テープホノレダ Tape Honoreda
A タグテープ(ラベル用テープ)A Tag tape (label tape)
B 卷芯 (リール部材) B core (reel member)
2 位置決め保持部材 (他方側側壁部)2 Positioning holding member (side wall on the other side)
0 ガイド部材 (一方側側壁部)0 Guide member (one side wall)
0 テープ判別部(タグテープ特定部)0 Tape discriminating part (tag tape specifying part)
00 タグテープロール体 (テープ保持体)00 Tag tape roll (tape holder)
01 切り欠き部(ばらけ防止手段)01 Notch (break prevention means)
02 上蓋部材 (スライド押圧部材、ばらけ防止手段)04 押圧部02 Upper lid member (slide pressing member, anti-scattering means) 04 Pressing part
04 A 凹部04 A recess
50 IC回路部50 IC circuit
51 アンテナ (タグ側アンテナ)51 Antenna (Tag side antenna)
02 ラベル作成装置02 Label making device
14 アンテナ (装置側アンテナ)14 Antenna (device side antenna)
12 圧着ローラ駆動軸 (駆動手段)12 Pressure roller drive shaft (drive means)
30 制御回路 (制御手段)30 Control circuit (control means)
00 カートリッジ (テープ保持体)00 cartridge (tape holder)
00A 筐体00A case
01 基材テープ (タグテープ、ラベル用テープ)02 第 1ロール(ラベル用テープロール)01 Base tape (tag tape, label tape) 02 First roll (label tape roll)
02a ジ一ノレ咅附02a Ginore
02a〃 リール部材02a〃 Reel material
50 IC回路部50 IC circuit
01 ボス部 (弾性ボス部材、切替支持機構)01〃 ボス部 (弾性ボス部材、切替支持機構)02 突起部 (係合用凸部、回転止め部) 602' ギヤ付き突起部 (係合用凸部、回転止め部) 01 Boss part (elastic boss member, switching support mechanism) 01〃 Boss part (elastic boss member, switching support mechanism) 02 Protrusion part (engagement convex part, anti-rotation part) 602 'Projection with gear (engagement projection, rotation stop)
602〃 突起部 (係合用凸部、回転止め部)  602〃 Protrusion (engaging protrusion, rotation stop)
603 爪部 (被駆動操作部)  603 Claw (Driven operation part)
605 粗面領域 (回転止め部)  605 Rough surface area (rotation stop)
605' 粗面領域 (回転止め部)  605 'Rough surface area (rotation stop)
701 溝部 (係合用凹部)  701 Groove (engagement recess)
701〃 溝部 (係合用凹部)  701〃 Groove (engagement recess)
702 ギヤ部  702 Gear part
901 略テーパ状面 (駆動操作部)  901 Substantially tapered surface (drive operation part)
Sl〜4 テープ判別センサ(センサ手段)  Sl ~ 4 Tape discrimination sensor (sensor means)
To 無線タグ回路素子  To RFID circuit element
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0065] 以下、本発明の実施の形態を図面を参照しつつ説明する。  Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
[0066] 本発明の第 1の実施形態を図 1〜図 26により説明する。 [0066] A first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs.
[0067] 図 1は、本実施形態のテープ保持体としてのタグテープロール体を備えたラベル作 成装置 (タグラベル作成装置)の概略構成を表す斜視図である。  FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a label producing apparatus (tag label producing apparatus) provided with a tag tape roll body as a tape holder of the present embodiment.
[0068] 図 1において、ラベル作成装置 1 (無線タグ情報通信装置)は、本体筐体 2と、透明 榭脂製の上カバー 5と、この上カバー 5の前側略中央部に対向するように立設される 透明榭脂製のトレー 6と、このトレー 6の前側に配置される電源ボタン 7と、カツターレ バー 9等力 構成されている。  In FIG. 1, a label producing device 1 (wireless tag information communication device) is arranged so as to face a main body housing 2, an upper cover 5 made of transparent resin, and a substantially central portion on the front side of the upper cover 5. It consists of a tray 6 made of transparent resin, a power button 7 arranged on the front side of this tray 6, and a cutter lever 9 at the same force.
[0069] 図 2は、図 1に示したラベル作成装置の上記上カバー 5を取り外した状態を表す斜 視図である。  FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a state in which the upper cover 5 of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 is removed.
[0070] 図 2において、テープホルダ収納部 4に、テープホルダ 3が収納配置されている。こ のテープホルダ 3は、位置決め保持部材 12とガイド部材 20とを備えており、ラベル用 テープとしての所定幅のタグテープ 3Aが回転可能に卷回されている。すなわち、タ グテープ 3Aの軸方向両側にその軸線と略直交するように、一方側側壁部としての上 記ガイド部材 20と他方側側壁部としての上記位置決め保持部材 12とが設けられて いる。またテープホルダ収納部 4の上側を覆うように、前述の上カバー 5が後側上端 縁部に開閉自在に取り付けられている。 In FIG. 2, the tape holder 3 is accommodated in the tape holder accommodating portion 4. The tape holder 3 includes a positioning holding member 12 and a guide member 20, and a tag tape 3A having a predetermined width as a label tape is wound so as to be rotatable. That is, the guide member 20 as the one side wall portion and the positioning holding member 12 as the other side wall portion are provided on both sides in the axial direction of the tag tape 3A so as to be substantially orthogonal to the axis. In addition, the upper cover 5 described above covers the upper end of the rear side so as to cover the upper side of the tape holder housing 4. It is attached to the edge so that it can be opened and closed.
[0071] またテープホルダ収納部 4の搬送方向に対して略垂直方向の一方の側端縁部にホ ルダ支持部材 15が設けられ、このホルダ支持部材 15には、上方に開口する正面視 略縦長コの字状の第 1位置決め溝部 16が形成されている。そして、上記位置決め保 持部材 12の外側方向に突設され、正面視下方向に幅狭になるように形成された上 下方向に縦長の断面略矩形状の取付部材 13が、下方向に幅狭な上記第 1位置決 め溝部 16内に密着することで上記ホルダ支持部材 15に嵌め込まれる。なおこの取 付部材 13の突出高さ寸法は、第 1位置決め溝部 16の幅寸法にほぼ等しくなるように 形成されている。  In addition, a holder support member 15 is provided at one side edge in a direction substantially perpendicular to the transport direction of the tape holder storage portion 4, and the holder support member 15 has a front view that opens upward. A first U-shaped first positioning groove 16 is formed. Then, the mounting member 13 that protrudes outward from the positioning and holding member 12 and has a vertically long cross-sectional shape that is narrow in the downward direction when viewed from the front is formed to have a width in the downward direction. The holder is supported in the holder support member 15 by being in close contact with the narrow first positioning groove 16. Note that the protruding height dimension of the mounting member 13 is formed to be substantially equal to the width dimension of the first positioning groove 16.
[0072] テープホルダ収納部 4の他方の側端縁部の搬送方向前端部には、レバー 27が設 けられている。また上記のタグテープ 3Aにおいて、 IC回路部 150及びアンテナ 151 を備えた無線タグ回路素子 To力 この例ではタグテープ 3Aの幅方向一方側 (ガイド 部材 20側)に偏って設けられている。  A lever 27 is provided at the front end in the transport direction of the other side end edge of the tape holder storage portion 4. Further, in the above-described tag tape 3A, the RFID tag circuit element To force provided with the IC circuit portion 150 and the antenna 151 In this example, the tag tape 3A is provided so as to be biased toward one side in the width direction of the tag tape 3A (the guide member 20 side).
[0073] 図 3は、図 2に示した構造の側面図である。  FIG. 3 is a side view of the structure shown in FIG.
[0074] 図 3において、タグテープ 3Aはこの例では 3層構造となっており(部分拡大図参照) 、外側に巻かれる側(図 3中左上側)よりその反対側(図 3中右下側)へ向力つて、剥 離紙 3a、粘着層 3b、自己発色性を有する長尺状の感熱紙 (いわゆる、サーマルべ一 パー) 3cの順序で積層され構成されている。  [0074] In FIG. 3, the tag tape 3A has a three-layer structure in this example (see a partially enlarged view), and is on the opposite side (lower right in FIG. 3) from the side wound outward (upper left in FIG. 3). The paper is laminated in the following order: release paper 3a, adhesive layer 3b, and long thermal paper (so-called thermal paper) 3c having self-coloring properties.
[0075] 感熱紙 3cの裏側(図 3中左上側)には、情報を記憶する IC回路部 150がこの例で は一体的に設けられており、感熱紙 3cの裏側の表面には上記 IC回路部 150に接続 され情報の送受信を行うアンテナ 151が形成されており、これら IC回路部 150及びァ ンテナ 151によって無線タグ回路素子 Toが構成されている。感熱紙 3cの裏側(図 3 中左上側)にはまた、上記粘着層 3bによって上記剥離紙 3aが感熱紙 3cに接着され ている。この剥離紙 3aは、最終的に完成した無線タグラベル Tが所定の商品等に貼 り付けられる際に、これを剥がすことで粘着層 3bにより当該商品等に接着できるよう にしたものである。  [0075] On the back side of the thermal paper 3c (upper left side in Fig. 3), an IC circuit unit 150 for storing information is integrally provided in this example, and the above-described IC is provided on the back side of the thermal paper 3c. An antenna 151 that is connected to the circuit unit 150 and transmits / receives information is formed, and the IC circuit unit 150 and the antenna 151 constitute the RFID circuit element To. The release paper 3a is bonded to the thermal paper 3c by the adhesive layer 3b on the back side of the thermal paper 3c (upper left in FIG. 3). This release paper 3a is designed such that when the finally completed RFID label T is affixed to a predetermined product or the like, it can be adhered to the product or the like by the adhesive layer 3b by peeling it off.
[0076] なお、本体筐体 2の背面部には一方の側端部に電源コード 10が接続されている。  It should be noted that a power cord 10 is connected to one side end of the back surface of the main body housing 2.
[0077] 図 4は、図 3中 X— X' 断面による断面図である。 [0078] 図 4において、上記タグテープ 3Aは、卷芯(リール部材) 3Bにロール状に卷回され ている。本実施形態のタグテープロール体 (テープ保持体) 100は、これらタグテープ 3A及び卷芯 3Bと、上記位置決め保持部材 12、ガイド部材 20等を備えたテープホ ルダ 3と力 構成されて 、る。 FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XX ′ in FIG. In FIG. 4, the tag tape 3A is wound around a core (reel member) 3B in a roll shape. The tag tape roll body (tape holding body) 100 of this embodiment is configured by force with the tag tape 3A and the core 3B, and the tape holder 3 provided with the positioning holding member 12, the guide member 20, and the like.
[0079] 位置決め保持部材 12とガイド部材 20との間には、上記卷芯 3Bの内周側にて軸方 向に配置されるように略筒状形状のホルダ軸部材 40が設けられており、主としてこれ ら位置決め保持部材 12、ガイド部材 20、及びホルダ軸部材 40によってテープホル ダ 3が構成されている。  [0079] Between the positioning holding member 12 and the guide member 20, a substantially cylindrical holder shaft member 40 is provided so as to be disposed in the axial direction on the inner peripheral side of the core 3B. The tape holder 3 is mainly composed of the positioning holding member 12, the guide member 20, and the holder shaft member 40.
[0080] ホルダ支持部材 15の内側基端部には係合凹部 15Aが形成されており、この係合 凹部 15 Aに対し、位置決め保持部材 12の下端部に突設された弾性係止片 12Aが 係合されている。  An engagement recess 15A is formed at the inner base end of the holder support member 15, and an elastic locking piece 12A projecting from the lower end of the positioning holding member 12 with respect to the engagement recess 15A. Is engaged.
[0081] テープホルダ収納部 4の底面部には、ホルダ支持部材 15の内側基端部力 搬送 方向に対して略垂直に、平面視横長四角形の位置決め凹部 4Aが所定深さ(例えば 約 1. 5〜3mm)で形成される。またテープホルダ収納部 4の下側には、外部のパー ソナルコンピュータ等力 の指令により各機構部を駆動制御する制御回路部が形成 された制御基板 32が設けられて 、る。  [0081] On the bottom surface portion of the tape holder storage portion 4, a positioning recess 4A having a horizontally long rectangular shape in a plan view substantially perpendicular to the inner base end portion force conveying direction of the holder support member 15 has a predetermined depth (for example, about 1. 5 to 3 mm). A control board 32 on which a control circuit unit for driving and controlling each mechanism unit by an external personal computer command is provided below the tape holder storage unit 4.
[0082] 位置決め凹部 4Aの搬送方向幅寸法は、テープホルダ 3を構成する位置決め保持 部材 12及びガイド部材 20の各下端縁部の幅寸法にほぼ等しくなるように形成されて いる。また位置決め凹部 4Aのホルダ支持部材 15の内側基端部には、位置決め保 持部材 12の下端縁部から略直角内側方向に延出される後述のテープ判別部 60 (後 述の図 11〜図 13も参照)に対向する部分が判別凹部 4Bとなっている。  [0082] The width dimension of the positioning recess 4A in the conveying direction is formed so as to be substantially equal to the width dimension of the respective lower end edges of the positioning holding member 12 and the guide member 20 constituting the tape holder 3. In addition, a tape discriminating section 60 (described later in FIGS. 11 to 13) is provided at the inner base end of the holder supporting member 15 of the positioning recess 4A and extends from the lower end edge of the positioning holding member 12 in a substantially perpendicular inner direction. (See also)) is the discrimination recess 4B.
[0083] この判別凹部 4Bは、搬送方向に縦長の平面視長四角形となっており、位置決め凹 部 4Aよりもさらに所定深さ(例えば約 1. 5〜3mm)だけ深くなるように形成されている 。また判別凹部 4Bには、プッシュ式のマイクロスィッチ等力 構成され、タグテープ 3 Aの種別を判別する 4個のテープ判別センサ Sl、 S2、 S3、 S4がこの例では略 L字 状に設けられている。これらテープ判別センサ S1〜S4は、それぞれプランジャーと マイクロスィッチ等力 構成される公知の機械式スィッチ力 なり、該各プランジャー の上端部は、該判別凹部 4Bの底面部から位置決め凹部 4Aの底面部近傍まで突き 出るように設けられている。そして、この各テープ判別センサ S1〜S4に対してテープ 判別部 60の各センサ孔 (後述)が有るか否かを検出して、そのオン'オフ信号により テープホルダ 3に装着されたタグテープ 3Aの種類を検出するようになっている。 [0083] This discrimination recess 4B is a rectangular shape in plan view that is vertically long in the transport direction, and is formed to be deeper by a predetermined depth (for example, about 1.5 to 3 mm) than the positioning recess 4A. Yes. In addition, in the discrimination recess 4B, push type micro switch isotropic force is provided, and four tape discrimination sensors Sl, S2, S3, S4 for discriminating the type of tag tape 3A are provided in a substantially L shape in this example. ing. Each of these tape discrimination sensors S1 to S4 has a known mechanical switch force composed of a plunger and a microswitch and the like, and the upper end of each plunger extends from the bottom of the discrimination recess 4B to the bottom of the positioning recess 4A. Thrust to the vicinity It is provided to exit. Then, it is detected whether or not each of the tape discrimination sensors S1 to S4 has each sensor hole (described later) of the tape discrimination section 60, and the tag tape 3A mounted on the tape holder 3 by the on / off signal is detected. The type of is to be detected.
[0084] 図 5 (A)及び図 5 (B)は、図 1に示したラベル作成装置より上カバー及びタグテープ ロールを取り外した状態を表す斜視図、及び図 3 (A)中 W部の拡大斜視図である。  FIG. 5 (A) and FIG. 5 (B) are a perspective view showing a state in which the upper cover and the tag tape roll are removed from the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1, and FIG. It is an expansion perspective view.
[0085] これら図 5 (A)及び図 5 (B)にお 、て、テープホルダ 3を構成する上記ガイド部材 20 の先端部が載置される載置部 21が設けられている。この載置部 21は、上記タグテー プ 3Aを挿入する挿入口 18の後端縁部カゝらテープホルダ収納部 4の前側上端縁部ま で略水平に延出されている。なお前述のガイド部材 20の先端部は上記挿入口 18ま で延出されるようになって 、る。  In these FIG. 5 (A) and FIG. 5 (B), a placement portion 21 on which the tip end portion of the guide member 20 constituting the tape holder 3 is placed is provided. The mounting portion 21 extends substantially horizontally from the rear end edge portion of the insertion port 18 into which the tag tape 3A is inserted to the front upper end edge portion of the tape holder storage portion 4. Note that the distal end portion of the guide member 20 is extended to the insertion port 18.
[0086] 載置部 21の搬送方向後側の端縁角部には、タグテープ 3Aの複数の幅寸法に対 応して断面略 L字状の 4個の第 2位置決め溝部 22A〜22Dが形成されて 、る。各第 2位置決め溝部 22A〜22Dは、テープホルダ 3を構成するガイド部材 20の載置部 2 1に当接する部分の一部を上方力も嵌め込むことができるように形成されて 、る。な お、前述した上記位置決め凹部 4Aは、ホルダ支持部材 15の内側基端部から上記 第 2位置決め溝部 22Aに対向する位置まで設けられている。  [0086] Four second positioning groove portions 22A to 22D having a substantially L-shaped cross section corresponding to a plurality of width dimensions of the tag tape 3A are provided at the edge corners on the rear side in the transport direction of the placement portion 21. Formed. Each of the second positioning groove portions 22A to 22D is formed so that a part of the portion of the guide member 20 constituting the tape holder 3 that comes into contact with the placement portion 21 can be fitted with an upward force. The positioning recess 4A described above is provided from the inner base end of the holder support member 15 to a position facing the second positioning groove 22A.
[0087] 卷芯 3B、タグテープ 3A、及びテープホルダ 3からなる本実施形態のタグテープ口 ール体 (テープ保持体) 100は、位置決め部材 12の取付部材 13をホルダ支持部材 1 5の第 1位置決め溝部 16に嵌め込み、該位置決め部材 12の下端部に突設される弾 性係止片 12Aをホルダ支持部材 15の内側基端部に形成される係合凹部 15Aに係 合させると共に、ガイド部材 20の先端部下面を各第 2位置決め溝部 22A〜22Dに嵌 め込んで該ガイド部材 20の下端部を位置決め凹部 4A内に嵌入して当接させること によって、テープホルダ収納部 4に着脱自在に取り付けられる。  [0087] The tag tape tool body (tape holder) 100 of the present embodiment, which includes the core 3B, the tag tape 3A, and the tape holder 3, has the mounting member 13 of the positioning member 12 as the first of the holder support member 15. (1) An elastic locking piece 12A that is fitted in the positioning groove 16 and protrudes from the lower end of the positioning member 12 is engaged with an engagement recess 15A formed at the inner base end of the holder support member 15, and the guide The lower surface of the tip end of the member 20 is fitted into each of the second positioning groove portions 22A to 22D, and the lower end portion of the guide member 20 is fitted into the positioning recess 4A and brought into contact therewith, so that the tape holder storage portion 4 is detachable. Attached to.
[0088] 図 6は、図 1に示したラベル作成装置の上カバーを取り外した状態を表す後方斜視 図である。  FIG. 6 is a rear perspective view showing a state in which the upper cover of the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 is removed.
[0089] 図 6において、上記挿入口 18のホルダー支持部材 15側の側端縁部には、案内リ ブ部 23が立設されている。また、挿入口 18のホルダー支持部材 15側の側端縁部( 図 6中、左端縁部)は、該ホルダー支持部材 15に嵌め込まれる上記位置決め部材 1 2の内側端面に対向する位置になるように形成されている。 In FIG. 6, a guide rib portion 23 is erected on the side edge of the insertion port 18 on the holder support member 15 side. Further, the side edge (on the left edge in FIG. 6) of the insertion port 18 on the holder support member 15 side is the positioning member 1 fitted into the holder support member 15. It is formed so as to be in a position facing the inner end face of 2.
[0090] なお、本体筐体 2の背面部の他方の側端部には、不図示のパーソナルコンビユー タ等と接続される USB (Universal Serial Bus)等力 構成されるコネクタ部 11が設けら れている。 [0090] It should be noted that the other side end portion of the back surface of the main body housing 2 is provided with a connector portion 11 that is configured with a USB (Universal Serial Bus) equivalent force connected to a personal computer (not shown) or the like. It is.
[0091] 図 7は、図 1に示したラベル作成装置にテープホルダが装着された状態を上カバー を取り外して示す側断面図である。  FIG. 7 is a side sectional view showing a state in which the tape holder is attached to the label producing apparatus shown in FIG. 1, with the upper cover removed.
[0092] 図 7において、前側側面部に左右移動可能に設けられた上記カッターレバー 9によ つて左右に移動されるカッターユニット 8が設けられ、このカッターユニット 8のテープ 3A搬送方向上流側(図 7中右側)下部には印字を行うサーマルヘッド 31が設けられ 、このサーマルヘッド 31と対向する位置にはプラテンローラ 26が設けられている。  In FIG. 7, a cutter unit 8 is provided which is moved left and right by the cutter lever 9 provided on the front side surface so as to be movable left and right. The upstream side of the cutter unit 8 in the tape 3A conveyance direction (FIG. A thermal head 31 for performing printing is provided at the lower part of the right side of 7, and a platen roller 26 is provided at a position facing the thermal head 31.
[0093] サーマルヘッド 31は、その上下動操作用の前述のレバー 27を上方に回動させるこ とによりサーマルヘッド 31が下方に移動されてプラテンローラ 26から離間した状態と なり、レバー 27を下方に回動させることにより上方に移動されてタグテープ 3Aをブラ テンローラ 26に押圧付勢して印字可能な状態になる。  [0093] The thermal head 31 is moved away from the platen roller 26 by rotating the lever 27 for the up-and-down movement operation upward to move away from the platen roller 26. The tag tape 3A is pressed and urged against the platen roller 26 to be ready for printing.
[0094] すなわち、印刷実行時においては、まずレバー 27を上方に回動させて、タグテー プ 3Aの一方の側端縁部をガイド部材 20の内側面に当接させつつ、このタグテープ 3 Aの他方の側端縁部を挿入口 18の側縁部に立設される上記案内リブ部 23に当接さ せながら挿入口 18内に挿入し該レバー 27を下方に回動させることにより、印刷可能 となる。この状態でレバー 27を下方に回動させることにより、挿入口 18から挿入され たタグテープ 3Aは、ライン型のサーマルヘッド 31によってプラテンローラ 26に向かつ て押圧されるように付勢される。そして、該プラテンローラ 26をパルスモータ (あるいは ステッピングモータ等、後述の図 9参照)等により回転駆動しつつ、該サーマルヘッド 31を駆動制御することによって、タグテープ 3Aを搬送しながら印字面に順次画像デ ータを印字でき、さらにその搬送方向下流側に位置するアンテナ 204を介し無線タグ 回路素子 Toのアンテナ 151を介し IC回路部 150へのアクセス (情報読み取り又は書 き込み)が行われる。そして、トレー 6上に排出された印字済みのタグテープ 3Aは、力 ットレバー 9を右側方向に移動操作することによってカッターユニット 8により切断され 、無線タグ回路素子 Toを備えた無線タグラベル T (後述の図 18参照)が分割生成さ れる。 That is, when printing is performed, first, the lever 27 is rotated upward, and one side edge of the tag tape 3A is brought into contact with the inner surface of the guide member 20, while the tag tape 3A By inserting the other side end edge portion into the insertion port 18 while abutting the guide rib portion 23 standing on the side edge portion of the insertion port 18 and rotating the lever 27 downward, Printing is possible. By rotating the lever 27 downward in this state, the tag tape 3A inserted from the insertion port 18 is urged to be pressed toward the platen roller 26 by the line-type thermal head 31. The platen roller 26 is rotationally driven by a pulse motor (or a stepping motor or the like, see FIG. 9 to be described later), and the thermal head 31 is driven and controlled so that the tag tape 3A is conveyed and sequentially printed on the printing surface. Image data can be printed, and access (information reading or writing) to the IC circuit unit 150 is performed through the antenna 151 of the RFID tag circuit element To via the antenna 204 located downstream in the conveyance direction. The printed tag tape 3A discharged onto the tray 6 is cut by the cutter unit 8 by moving the force lever 9 in the right direction, and the RFID label T (which will be described later) having the RFID circuit element To (described later). (See Figure 18) It is.
[0095] 図 8は、上記タグテープ 3Aに備えられる無線タグ回路素子 Toの機能的構成を表す 機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 8 is a functional block diagram showing a functional configuration of the RFID circuit element To included in the tag tape 3A.
[0096] この図 8において、無線タグ回路素子 Toは、ラベル作成装置 1側のアンテナ 204と UHF帯等の高周波を用いて非接触で信号の送受信を行う上記アンテナ 151と、こ のアンテナ 151に接続された上記 IC回路部 150とを有して 、る。  In FIG. 8, the RFID circuit element To is connected to the antenna 204 on the label producing apparatus 1 side and the antenna 151 that transmits and receives signals in a non-contact manner using a high frequency such as the UHF band. The IC circuit unit 150 is connected.
[0097] IC回路部 150は、アンテナ 151により受信された搬送波を整流する整流部 152と、 この整流部 152により整流された搬送波のエネルギを蓄積し IC回路部 150の駆動電 源とするための電源部 153と、上記アンテナ 151により受信された搬送波力もクロック 信号を抽出して制御部 157に供給するクロック抽出部 154と、所定の情報信号を記 憶し得る情報記憶部として機能するメモリ部 155と、上記アンテナ 151に接続された 変復調部 156と、上記整流部 152、クロック抽出部 154、及び変復調部 156等を介し て上記無線タグ回路素子 Toの作動を制御するための上記制御部 157とを備えてい る。  The IC circuit unit 150 rectifies the carrier wave received by the antenna 151, and accumulates energy of the carrier wave rectified by the rectification unit 152 to serve as a driving power source for the IC circuit unit 150. The power supply unit 153, the carrier wave power received by the antenna 151, also extracts a clock signal and supplies it to the control unit 157, and the memory unit 155 functions as an information storage unit that can store a predetermined information signal. A modulation / demodulation unit 156 connected to the antenna 151, and the control unit 157 for controlling the operation of the RFID circuit element To via the rectification unit 152, the clock extraction unit 154, the modulation / demodulation unit 156, etc. It is equipped with.
[0098] 変復調部 156は、アンテナ 151により受信された上記ラベル作成装置 1のアンテナ Modulator / demodulator 156 receives the antenna of label producing apparatus 1 received by antenna 151.
204からの通信信号の復調を行うと共に、上記制御部 157からの応答信号に基づきThe communication signal from 204 is demodulated and based on the response signal from the control unit 157.
、アンテナ 204より受信された搬送波を変調反射する。 The carrier wave received from the antenna 204 is modulated and reflected.
[0099] 制御部 157は、上記変復調部 156により復調された受信信号を解釈し、上記メモリ 部 155にお 、て記憶された情報信号に基づ!/、て返信信号を生成し、上記変復調部The control unit 157 interprets the received signal demodulated by the modulation / demodulation unit 156, generates a reply signal based on the information signal stored in the memory unit 155, and then generates the modulation / demodulation signal. Part
156により返信する制御等の基本的な制御を実行する。 The basic control such as the control of returning by 156 is executed.
[0100] 図 9は、ラベル作成装置 1の制御系を表す概念図である。 FIG. 9 is a conceptual diagram showing the control system of label producing apparatus 1.
[0101] 図 9において、卷芯 3Bに卷回された上記タグテープ 3Aは、前述したように複数の 無線タグ回路素子 Toがその幅方向一方側(図 9中下側)端部に配列されるとともに、 この例では、それぞれの無線タグ回路素子 Toの幅方向他方側(図 9中上側)がサー マルヘッド 31により各無線タグ回路素子 Toに対応する印字が行われる印字領域 Sと なっており、前述した印刷の後、上記アンテナ 204によって、タグテープ 3Aに備えら れる無線タグ回路素子 Toとの間で UHF帯等の高周波を用いて無線通信により信号 の授受が行われ、印字済みのタグテープ 3Aは前述のようにカッターレバー 9が操作 されることで所望のタイミングでカツタユニット 8にて切断され、無線タグラベル Tが生 成される。 [0101] In FIG. 9, the tag tape 3A wound around the core 3B has a plurality of RFID tag circuit elements To arranged at one end in the width direction (lower side in FIG. 9) as described above. In this example, the other side in the width direction of each RFID circuit element To (the upper side in FIG. 9) is a print area S in which printing corresponding to each RFID circuit element To is performed by the thermal head 31. After the above-described printing, the antenna 204 is used to transmit and receive signals to and from the RFID tag circuit element To provided in the tag tape 3A by radio communication using high-frequency waves such as the UHF band. The tape lever 3A is operated by the cutter lever 9 as described above. As a result, the RFID tag label T is generated by being cut by the cutter unit 8 at a desired timing.
[0102] そのほか、ラベル作成装置 1には、搬出口 Eに至る搬送経路におけるタグテープ 3 Aの有無を検出する(さらにタグテープ 3Aの後述する剥離紙 3aに無線タグ回路素子 Toの位置に対応して設けた識別用マークを検出してもよい)センサ 239と、タグテー プ 3A及び切断後の無線タグラベル Tを搬出口 Eへと搬送し送出する上記プラテン口 ーラ 26と、上記アンテナ 204を介し上記無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150の情 報 (無線タグ情報)へアクセスする(読み取り又は書き込みを行う)ための高周波回路 2 01と、無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150から読み出された信号を処理して情報 を読み出すとともに無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150へアクセスする信号処理 回路 202と、上記サーマルヘッド 31への通電を制御する印刷駆動回路 205と、上記 プラテンローラ 26を駆動するプラテンローラ用モータ 208を制御するプラテンローラ 駆動回路 209と、上記高周波回路 201、信号処理回路 202、印刷駆動回路 205、プ ラテンローラ駆動回路 209等を介し、ラベル作成装置 1全体の動作を制御するため の制御回路 210とが設けられている。なお、上記無線通信による信号授受時におい て無線タグ回路素子 Toをアンテナ 204に対向する所定のアクセスエリアに設定保持 するとともに切断後の各無線タグラベル Tを案内する搬送ガイドをさらに設けてもよい  [0102] In addition, the label producing apparatus 1 detects the presence or absence of the tag tape 3A in the transport path leading to the carry-out exit E (and corresponds to the position of the RFID circuit element To on the release paper 3a described later of the tag tape 3A) (The identification mark provided may be detected), the platen roller 26 for conveying the tag tape 3A and the cut RFID tag T to the carry-out port E and sending it out, and the antenna 204. Via the high frequency circuit 201 for accessing (reading or writing) information (RFID tag information) of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To and the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To A signal processing circuit 202 for processing the output signal to read out information and accessing the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To, a print driving circuit 205 for controlling energization to the thermal head 31, and the platen The platen roller driving circuit 209 for controlling the platen roller motor 208 for driving the roller 26, the high frequency circuit 201, the signal processing circuit 202, the printing driving circuit 205, the platen roller driving circuit 209, etc. And a control circuit 210 for controlling the operation of this. It is to be noted that a carrier guide that guides each RFID label T after cutting may be provided while holding and setting the RFID circuit element To in a predetermined access area facing the antenna 204 at the time of signal transmission / reception via the wireless communication.
[0103] 制御回路 210は、いわゆるマイクロコンピュータであり、詳細な図示を省略するが、 中央演算処理装置である CPU、 ROM、及び RAM等力 構成され、 RAMの一時記 憶機能を利用しつつ ROMに予め記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理を行うよう になっている。またこの制御回路 210は、電源回路 211Aにより給電されるとともに、 通信回路 211Bを介し例えば通信回線に接続され、この通信回線に接続された図示 しないルートサーノ 、他の端末、汎用コンピュータ、及び情報サーバ等との間で情報 のやりとりが可能となっている。 [0103] The control circuit 210 is a so-called microcomputer, and detailed illustration is omitted. However, the control circuit 210 is composed of a central processing unit such as a CPU, a ROM, and a RAM, and uses a temporary storage function of the RAM. Signal processing is performed according to a program stored in advance. The control circuit 210 is powered by the power supply circuit 211A and connected to, for example, a communication line via the communication circuit 211B. The route sano (not shown) connected to the communication line, other terminals, general-purpose computers, information servers, etc. Exchange of information is possible.
[0104] 図 10は、上記高周波回路 201の詳細機能を表す機能ブロック図である。この図 10 において、高周波回路 201は、アンテナ 204を介し無線タグ回路素子 Toに対して信 号を送信する送信部 212と、アンテナ 204により受信された無線タグ回路素子 Toか らの反射波を入力する受信部 213と、送受分離器 214とから構成される。 FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram showing detailed functions of the high-frequency circuit 201. In FIG. 10, the high-frequency circuit 201 includes a transmission unit 212 that transmits a signal to the RFID circuit element To via the antenna 204, and the RFID circuit element To that is received by the antenna 204. And a receiving / separating device 214.
[0105] 送信部 212は、無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150の無線タグ情報にアクセスす る (読み取り Z書き込みを行う)ための搬送波を発生させる水晶振動子 215A、 PLL ( Phased Locked Loop) 215B、及び VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 215Cと、上記信号処理回路 212から供給される信号に基づいて上記発生させられ た搬送波を変調 (この例では信号処理回路 212からの「TX—ASK」信号に基づく振 幅変調)する送信乗算回路 216 (但し振幅変調の場合は増幅率可変アンプ等を用い てもよい)と、その送信乗算回路 216により変調された変調波を増幅 (この例では制 御回路 210からの「TX—PWR」信号によって増幅率を決定される増幅)する送信ァ ンプ 217とを備えている。そして、上記送信アンプ 217の出力は、送受分離器 214を 介してアンテナ 204に伝達されて無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路部 150に供給され る。なお、無線タグ情報は上記のように変調した信号に限られず、単なる搬送波のみ の場合もある。 [0105] The transmission unit 212 generates a carrier wave for accessing (reading and writing to) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To, a crystal oscillator 215A, PLL (Phased Locked Loop) 215B and VCO (Voltage Controlled Oscillator) 215C and the generated carrier wave are modulated based on the signal supplied from the signal processing circuit 212 (in this example, the “TX-ASK” signal from the signal processing circuit 212 is converted to Transmission multiplication circuit 216 (amplitude modulation based on this) (however, in the case of amplitude modulation, a variable amplification factor amplifier or the like may be used) and the modulated wave modulated by the transmission multiplication circuit 216 (in this example, the control circuit) And a transmission amplifier 217 for amplifying the amplification factor determined by the “TX-PWR” signal from 210. The output of the transmission amplifier 217 is transmitted to the antenna 204 via the transmission / reception separator 214 and supplied to the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To. Note that the RFID tag information is not limited to the signal modulated as described above, and may be only a carrier wave.
[0106] 受信部 213は、アンテナ 204により受信された無線タグ回路素子 Toからの反射波と 上記発生させられた搬送波とを掛け合わせる受信第 1乗算回路 218と、その第 2乗 算回路 218の出力力も必要な帯域の信号のみを取り出すためのバンドパスフィルタ 2 19と、このバンドパスフィルタ 219の出力を増幅する受信第 1アンプ 221と、この受信 第 1アンプ 221の出力をさらに増幅してデジタル信号に変換する第 1リミッタ 220と、 上記アンテナ 204により受信された無線タグ回路素子 Toからの反射波と上記発生さ れた後に移相器 227で位相を 90° 遅らせた搬送波とを掛け合わせる受信第 2乗算 回路 222と、その受信第 2乗算回路 222の出力力も必要な帯域の信号のみを取り出 すためのバンドパスフィルタ 223と、このバンドパスフィルタ 223の出力を増幅する受 信第 2アンプ 225と、この受信第 2アンプ 225の出力をさらに増幅してデジタル信号 に変換する第 2リミッタ 224とを備えている。そして、上記第 1リミッタ 220から出力され る信号「RXS— I」及び第 2リミッタ 224から出力される信号「RXS— Q」は、上記信号 処理回路 202に入力されて処理される。  The receiving unit 213 includes a reception first multiplication circuit 218 that multiplies the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To received by the antenna 204 and the generated carrier wave, and the second multiplication circuit 218. A band-pass filter 219 for extracting only a signal in a band that also requires output power, a reception first amplifier 221 that amplifies the output of the band-pass filter 219, and a digital signal obtained by further amplifying the output of the reception first amplifier 221 A first limiter 220 that converts the signal into a signal, a received wave that is a product of the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To received by the antenna 204 and the carrier wave that has been generated and delayed by 90 ° in the phase shifter 227. The band-pass filter 223 for extracting only the signal of the band in which the output power of the second multiplier circuit 222 and the reception second multiplier circuit 222 is also necessary, and the reception for amplifying the output of the band-pass filter 223 A second amplifier 225, and a second limiter 224 which converts the digital signal output of the receiving second amplifier 225 further amplifies. The signal “RXS-I” output from the first limiter 220 and the signal “RXS-Q” output from the second limiter 224 are input to the signal processing circuit 202 and processed.
[0107] また、受信第 1アンプ 221及び受信第 2アンプ 225の出力は、 RSSI (Received Si gnal Strength Indicator)回路 226にも入力され、それらの信号の強度を示す信号「RSSI」が信号処理回路 202に 入力されるようになっている。このようにして、本実施形態のラベル作成装置 1では、 I Q直交復調によって無線タグ回路素子 Toからの反射波の復調が行われる。 [0107] The output of the reception first amplifier 221 and the reception second amplifier 225 is an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) circuit. The signal “RSSI” indicating the strength of these signals is also input to the signal processing circuit 202. Thus, in the label producing apparatus 1 of the present embodiment, the reflected wave from the RFID circuit element To is demodulated by IQ orthogonal demodulation.
[0108] 図 11 (A)及び図 11 (B)は、図 1に示したラベル作成装置 1に備えられた、本実施 形態によるタグテープロール体 100の詳細構造を表す、前側上方からの斜視図、及 び下側後方からの斜視図である。  FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are perspective views from the front upper side showing the detailed structure of the tag tape roll body 100 according to the present embodiment provided in the label producing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. It is a figure and a perspective view from the lower back.
[0109] これら図 11 (A)及び図 11 (B)において、タグテープロール体 100に備えられたテ ープホルダ 3のガイド部材 20には、テープホルダ収納部 4の底面部に形成される位 置決め凹部 4Aに嵌入されて該位置決め凹部 4Aの底面に当接される第 1延出部 42 と、タグテープ 3Aの前側方向略 1Z4円周上の外側端面部を覆うように外側方向に 延出される第 2延出部 43と、この第 2延出部 43の外周部からタグテープ 3Aの上記挿 入口 18 (図 6参照)近傍まで上側端縁部が前下がり状に延出される第 3延出部 44と が形成されている。  In these FIG. 11 (A) and FIG. 11 (B), the guide member 20 of the tape holder 3 provided in the tag tape roll body 100 has a position formed on the bottom surface portion of the tape holder storage portion 4. Extending outward so as to cover the first extending portion 42 inserted into the determining recess 4A and abutting against the bottom surface of the positioning recess 4A, and the outer end surface portion of the tag tape 3A on the front side approximately 1Z4. Second extending portion 43, and a third extending portion in which the upper edge extends from the outer periphery of the second extending portion 43 to the vicinity of the insertion port 18 (see FIG. 6) of the tag tape 3A. Protrusions 44 and are formed.
[0110] 第 3延出部 44の先端部の下端面は、略水平に形成され、ラベル作成装置 1の前述 の載置部 21上に当接して、該第 3延出部 44と第 2延出部 43の内側面によって装着 されたタグテープ 3 Aの一側端縁部を上記挿入口 18まで案内するように構成されて いる。また、この第 3延出部 44の下端面の載置部 21の搬送方向後端縁部に対向す る位置力ゝら第 1延出部 42まで、所定長さ延出される第 4延出部 45が形成されている。 この第 4延出部 45の搬送方向先端部分は、上記第 3延出部 44の下端面が載置部 2 1上に当接された場合に、装着されたタグテープ 3Aのテープ幅に対向する各第 2位 置決め溝部 22A〜22Dの 、ずれかに嵌入されるように構成されて ヽる(前述の図 7 参照)。  [0110] The lower end surface of the distal end portion of the third extending portion 44 is formed substantially horizontally and abuts on the mounting portion 21 of the label producing apparatus 1 so that the third extending portion 44 and the second extending portion 44 are in contact with each other. The one end of the tag tape 3 A attached by the inner surface of the extension 43 is guided to the insertion port 18. Further, a fourth extension extending a predetermined length from the position force of the lower end surface of the third extending portion 44 facing the rear end edge in the conveying direction of the mounting portion 21 to the first extending portion 42. Part 45 is formed. The leading end portion of the fourth extending portion 45 in the conveying direction faces the tape width of the attached tag tape 3A when the lower end surface of the third extending portion 44 abuts on the mounting portion 21. Each of the second positioning grooves 22A to 22D is configured so as to be fitted into the gap (see FIG. 7 described above).
[0111] また、テープホルダ 3の位置決め部材 12の取付部材 13の下端部には、該取付部 材 13の下端部よりも左右方向に各々外側方向に所定長さ(この例では、約 1. 5mm 〜3mm)突出する正面視略四角形の平板状(この例では長さ約 1. 5mn!〜 3mm)の 案内部 57が形成されている。これにより、テープホルダ 3を装着する場合は、取付部 材 13の下端部に形成される案内部 57をホルダ支持部材 15の外側端面に当接させ つつ、取付部材 13を第 1位置決め溝部 16に挿入することによって、該テープホルダ 3を容易に位置決めしつつ装着できるようになって!/、る。 [0111] Further, the lower end portion of the mounting member 13 of the positioning member 12 of the tape holder 3 has a predetermined length in the lateral direction from the lower end portion of the mounting member 13 (in this example, about 1. A guide portion 57 having a substantially rectangular flat plate shape (in this example, a length of about 1.5 mn! To 3 mm in this example) is formed. As a result, when the tape holder 3 is mounted, the mounting member 13 is brought into contact with the first positioning groove portion 16 while the guide portion 57 formed at the lower end portion of the mounting member 13 is brought into contact with the outer end surface of the holder support member 15. By inserting the tape holder It becomes possible to install while positioning 3 easily!
[0112] 位置決め部材 12の延出部 56の下端縁部は、ガイド部材 20の下端縁部よりも所定 長さ(この例では、約 lmn!〜 2. 5mm)下側方向に突出するように延出されており、こ の下端縁部に、略直角内側方向に所定長さ延出される略長四角形のテープ判別部[0112] The lower end edge of the extending portion 56 of the positioning member 12 protrudes downward from the lower end edge of the guide member 20 by a predetermined length (in this example, about lmn! To 2.5 mm). A substantially rectangular tape discriminating part that extends and extends at a lower end edge of the tape at a predetermined length in a substantially right-angled inner direction.
(タグテープ特定部) 60が形成されて 、る。 (Tag tape specific part) 60 is formed.
[0113] このテープ判別部 60は、前述した各テープ判別センサ(センサ手段) S1〜S4に対 向する所定位置に各センサ孔 60A〜60Dが略 L字状に配置されて穿設され、これら センサ S1〜S4と協働してタグテープ 3Aの種類を特定するタグテープ特定部として 機能するものである。 [0113] The tape discriminating section 60 is formed by arranging the sensor holes 60A to 60D in a substantially L shape at predetermined positions facing the tape discriminating sensors (sensor means) S1 to S4 described above. It functions as a tag tape specifying unit that specifies the type of the tag tape 3A in cooperation with the sensors S1 to S4.
[0114] また、この判別部 60には、この卷芯 3Bから上記ロール状のタグテープ 3Aがばらけ るのを防止するための本実施形態のばらけ防止手段としての切り欠き部 101が設け られ、タグテープ 3Aの長手方向端部(又は幅方向縁部)を挿入し係止するようになつ ている(二点鎖線参照)。すなわちこの例では、(前述のように無線タグ回路素子 To 力 Sタグテープ 3Aの反位置決め部材 12側に設けられていることから)切り欠き部 101 は、タグテープ 3Aから位置決め部材 12側であって無線タグ回路素子 Toとは反対側 に設けられている。なおこの切り欠き部は、判別部 60ではなぐ位置決め部材 12や ガイド部材 20等に設けてもよいし、これら 3力所のうち 2力所以上に設けてもよい。  [0114] Further, the discriminating portion 60 is provided with a notch portion 101 as a dispersion preventing means of this embodiment for preventing the roll-shaped tag tape 3A from separating from the core 3B. Thus, the longitudinal end portion (or width direction edge portion) of the tag tape 3A is inserted and locked (refer to a two-dot chain line). That is, in this example, the notch 101 is located on the positioning member 12 side from the tag tape 3A (since it is provided on the RFID tag circuit element To force S tag tape 3A on the side opposite to the positioning member 12 side). The RFID tag circuit element To is provided on the opposite side. This notch may be provided in the positioning member 12, the guide member 20, or the like that is not included in the determination unit 60, or may be provided in two or more of these three power points.
[0115] 図 12 (A)は、テープホルダを斜め後方側からみた斜視図であり、図 12 (B)は斜め 前方側からみた斜視図である。  FIG. 12 (A) is a perspective view of the tape holder as seen from the obliquely rear side, and FIG. 12 (B) is a perspective view of the tape holder as seen from the obliquely forward side.
[0116] これら図 12 (A)及び図 12 (B)において、上記ガイド部材 20には第 1筒部 35が設け られており、この第 1筒部 35が卷芯 3Bの筒孔の一端側端縁部に嵌挿されることによ つて、ガイド部材 20がタグテープ 3Aの一方の端面に当接されている。一方、上記位 置決め保持部材 12には第 2筒部 37が設けられており、この第 2筒部 37が卷芯 3Bの 他端側に嵌挿されることによって、位置決め保持部材 12がタグテープ 3Aの他方の 端面に当接されている。これら第 1筒部 35と第 2筒部 37とによって、タグテープ 3Aが 卷回された卷芯 3Bが回転可能に保持される。  12 (A) and 12 (B), the guide member 20 is provided with a first cylindrical portion 35, and this first cylindrical portion 35 is on one end side of the cylindrical hole of the core 3B. The guide member 20 is brought into contact with one end surface of the tag tape 3A by being inserted into the end edge portion. On the other hand, the positioning holding member 12 is provided with a second cylindrical portion 37, and the second cylindrical portion 37 is inserted into the other end side of the core 3B, whereby the positioning holding member 12 is attached to the tag tape. It is in contact with the other end face of 3A. The first tube portion 35 and the second tube portion 37 hold the core 3B around which the tag tape 3A is wound so as to be rotatable.
[0117] また上記ホルダ軸部材 40は、一端側が上記ガイド部材 20の第 1筒部 35に嵌挿さ れるとともに、その一端側端面の外周部にフランジ部 36が形成されており、このフラ ンジ部 36は上記第 1筒部 35の外側端面に固着されている。またホルダ軸部材 40の 他端側端部は、位置決め保持部材 12の第 2筒部 37に嵌挿されてその第 2筒部 37に 固着されている。 [0117] Further, one end side of the holder shaft member 40 is fitted into the first tube portion 35 of the guide member 20, and a flange portion 36 is formed on the outer peripheral portion of the end surface of the one end side. The flange portion 36 is fixed to the outer end surface of the first tube portion 35. The other end of the holder shaft member 40 is fitted into the second cylinder portion 37 of the positioning holding member 12 and is fixed to the second cylinder portion 37.
[0118] このとき、ガイド部材 20の上記第 1延出部 42は、第 1筒部 35の外側端面の下側外 周部から下側方向に延出されており、その上端部、即ち、第 1筒部 35の外側端面の 外周部の左右両中央部には、正面視略四角形の各切欠部 47が設けられている。  [0118] At this time, the first extending portion 42 of the guide member 20 extends downward from the lower outer peripheral portion of the outer end face of the first cylindrical portion 35, and the upper end portion thereof, that is, the upper end portion thereof. In the left and right central portions of the outer peripheral portion of the outer end surface of the first cylindrical portion 35, cutout portions 47 having a substantially rectangular shape in front view are provided.
[0119] また、ガイド部材 20の各延出部 43, 44, 45の内側面には、装着されたタグテープ 3Aの卷回長さ 10m、 20m、 30mをそれぞれ表す各目盛り 43A, 43, 43Cが形成さ れている。なお、テープホルダ 3に卷回されるタグテープ 3Aの最大卷回長さは、約 3 Omの長さである。  [0119] Further, on the inner surface of each extending portion 43, 44, 45 of the guide member 20, the scales 43A, 43, 43C respectively representing the wound lengths 10m, 20m, 30m of the tag tape 3A attached thereto. Is formed. The maximum winding length of the tag tape 3A wound around the tape holder 3 is about 3 Om.
[0120] 一方、位置決め部材 12の上記第 2筒部 37の外周部には、フランジ部 55が形成さ れると共に、このフランジ部 55の下側外周部から下側方向に延出される延出部 56が 形成されている。このフランジ部 55と延出部 56の内側面がタグテープ 3A及び卷芯 3 Bの外側端面に当接される。そして、上記取付部材 13は、これらフランジ部 55と延出 部 56の外側端面部の幅方向(図 12 (A)中左上〜右下方向)略中央部に、即ちホル ダ軸部材 40の軸心の端縁部力 該軸心に対してほぼ直交するように、突設されて!/、 る。  [0120] On the other hand, a flange portion 55 is formed on the outer peripheral portion of the second cylindrical portion 37 of the positioning member 12, and the extending portion extends downward from the lower outer peripheral portion of the flange portion 55. 56 is formed. The inner surfaces of the flange portion 55 and the extension portion 56 are brought into contact with the outer end surfaces of the tag tape 3A and the core 3B. The mounting member 13 is located at the substantially central portion of the outer end surface portion of the flange portion 55 and the extending portion 56 (upper left to lower right in FIG. 12A), that is, the shaft of the holder shaft member 40. The edge force of the core is projected so as to be substantially orthogonal to the axis!
[0121] 図 13 (A)は、上記テープホルダ 3の詳細構造を表す左側面図であり、図 13 (B)は 正面図であり、図 13 (C)は右側面図である。  FIG. 13 (A) is a left side view showing the detailed structure of the tape holder 3, FIG. 13 (B) is a front view, and FIG. 13 (C) is a right side view.
[0122] これら図 13 (A)〜(C)において、前述したように、上記位置決め保持部材 12と上 記ガイド部材 20との間に上記ホルダ軸部材 40が設けられている。このとき、ホルダ軸 部材 40は、前述した卷芯 3Bの各長さ寸法に対応して複数種類 (例えば 4種類)の長 さ寸法のものが設けられており、このホルダ軸部材 40の長さ寸法を変更することによ り、異なる幅寸法のタグテープ 3Aが装着可能な複数種類のテープホルダ 3を容易に 製作できるようになって 、る。  In these FIGS. 13A to 13C, as described above, the holder shaft member 40 is provided between the positioning holding member 12 and the guide member 20. At this time, the holder shaft member 40 is provided with a plurality of types (for example, four types) of length dimensions corresponding to the respective length dimensions of the core 3B described above. By changing the dimensions, it becomes possible to easily produce a plurality of types of tape holders 3 to which tag tapes 3A having different width dimensions can be attached.
[0123] 図 14は、図 13 (A)中 Y—y 断面における矢視断面図である。  FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view taken along line Y-y in FIG. 13 (A).
[0124] 図 14において、ホルダ軸部材 40のうち、位置決め保持部材 12の第 2筒部 37内に 嵌入される先端部には略縦長の切欠部 51が形成されている。この切欠部 51には、 第 2筒部 37の内側下端部に内側半径方向に突設される位置決めリブ 50が嵌入され 、これによつて、ホルダ軸部材 40を介して位置決め保持部材 12とガイド部材 20との 位置決めを行えるようになって!/ヽる。 In FIG. 14, a substantially longitudinal cutout 51 is formed at the tip of the holder shaft member 40 that is inserted into the second cylindrical portion 37 of the positioning holding member 12. In this notch 51, A positioning rib 50 protruding in the inner radial direction is fitted into the inner lower end portion of the second cylindrical portion 37, whereby the positioning holding member 12 and the guide member 20 can be positioned via the holder shaft member 40. It ’s like that!
[0125] また、位置決め部材 12の取付部材 13の下端部には延出部 56に縦長四角形の貫 通孔 62が穿設され、この貫通孔 62の上端縁部には、下側方向に先端部に外側方 向に突出する突起部が形成された弾性係止片 12Aが設けられている。  [0125] Further, a vertically long through hole 62 is formed in the extending portion 56 at the lower end portion of the mounting member 13 of the positioning member 12, and the upper end edge of the through hole 62 has a tip in the downward direction. An elastic locking piece 12A in which a protruding portion protruding outward is formed on the portion.
[0126] 図 15は、図 13 (A)中 Z— 断面における矢視断面図である。  FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view taken along arrow Z in FIG. 13 (A).
[0127] 図 15において、前述した第 1延出部 42の切欠部 47に、ホルダ軸部材 40の上記フ ランジ部 36の内側面に突設される各位置決め突起 48が嵌入され、これによつてホル ダ軸部材 40のガイド部材に対する位置決めが行われる。  In FIG. 15, the positioning protrusions 48 projecting from the inner surface of the flange portion 36 of the holder shaft member 40 are fitted into the notches 47 of the first extending portion 42 described above. Therefore, the holder shaft member 40 is positioned with respect to the guide member.
[0128] 図 16 (A)〜 (E)は、それぞれ、位置決め保持部材 12のテープ判別部 60にタグテ ープの種類を表すセンサ孔の穿設例を示す図である。  FIGS. 16 (A) to 16 (E) are diagrams showing examples of sensor holes formed in the tape discriminating unit 60 of the positioning / holding member 12 indicating the types of tag tapes.
[0129] 図 16 (A)は、前述したようにテープ判別部 60に 4つのセンサ孔 60A〜60Dが設け られた例を表して 、る。テープホルダ収納部 4の判別凹部 4Bにはこれらテープ判別 孔 60A〜60Dに対応して前述のテープ判別センサ S1〜S4が設けられている。各セ ンサ S1〜S4は、そのプランジャーが常には上記判別凹部 4Bの底面力 位置決め 凹部 4Aの底面部近傍まで突き出し、マイクロスイッチがオフ状態になっている。そし て、各センサ孔 60A〜60Dが各テープ判別センサ S1〜S4に対向する位置にそれ ぞれ存在する場合にはプランジャーが押下されずマイクロスイッチがオフ状態にある ためオフ信号が出力され、テープ判別部 60の各センサ孔 60A〜60Dが各テープ判 別センサ S1〜S4に対向する位置にない場合には上記プランジャーが押下されてマ イクロスイッチがオン状態になり、オン信号が出力されるようになっている。  FIG. 16A shows an example in which the four sensor holes 60A to 60D are provided in the tape discriminating unit 60 as described above. The discrimination recess 4B of the tape holder housing 4 is provided with the aforementioned tape discrimination sensors S1 to S4 corresponding to the tape discrimination holes 60A to 60D. In each of the sensors S1 to S4, the plunger always protrudes to the vicinity of the bottom surface force positioning recess 4A of the determination recess 4B, and the microswitch is in the OFF state. If each of the sensor holes 60A to 60D is located at a position opposite to each of the tape discrimination sensors S1 to S4, the plunger is not pressed and the micro switch is in the off state, and an off signal is output. When the sensor holes 60A to 60D of the tape discriminating unit 60 are not at positions facing the tape discriminating sensors S1 to S4, the plunger is pressed and the micro switch is turned on, and an on signal is output. It has become so.
[0130] このように、 4つのセンサ S1〜S4に 4つのセンサ孔 60A〜60Dの有無の検出結果 を関連づけ、ひとつひとつのセンサ孔の有無を「1」と「0」に対応させることにより、該 テープホルダ 3に装着されたタグテープ 3Aの種類を 4ビットの符号によって (言い換 えれば 16通りを区別して)表示できるようになって!/、る。図 16 (A)〜図 16 (E)はそれ ら 16通りのうちの一例をそれぞれ表しており、図 16 (A)はセンサ孔 60A, 60B, 60C , 60Dがすべて存在し「1, 1, 1, 1」の検出信号が出力される場合、図 16 (B)はセン サ孔 60A, 60B, 60Cが存在し「1, 1, 1, 0」の検出信号が出力される場合、図 16 ( C)はセンサ孔 60A, 60B, 60Dが存在し「1, 1, 0, 1」の検出信号が出力される場 合、図 16 (D)はセンサ孔 60Bが存在し「0, 1, 0, 0」の検出信号が出力される場合、 図 16 (E)はセンサ孔 60C, 60Dが存在し「0, 0, 1, 1」の検出信号が出力される場 合を表している。 [0130] As described above, the detection results of the presence or absence of the four sensor holes 60A to 60D are associated with the four sensors S1 to S4, and the presence or absence of each sensor hole is associated with "1" and "0". The type of the tag tape 3A attached to the tape holder 3 can be displayed by a 4-bit code (in other words, 16 types are distinguished)! Fig. 16 (A) to Fig. 16 (E) show examples of these 16 types, respectively, and Fig. 16 (A) shows that all of sensor holes 60A, 60B, 60C, 60D exist, and `` 1, 1, When a detection signal of `` 1, 1 '' is output, FIG. If there are holes 60A, 60B, 60C and a detection signal of `` 1, 1, 1, 0 '' is output, Fig. 16 (C) shows that sensor holes 60A, 60B, 60D are present and `` 1, 1, 0 , 1 '' detection signal is output, Fig. 16 (D) shows the sensor hole 60B, and when `` 0, 1, 0, 0 '' detection signal is output, Fig. 16 (E) shows the sensor This shows the case where holes 60C and 60D exist and a detection signal of “0, 0, 1, 1” is output.
[0131] 以上のようにして、位置決め部材 12の内側下端縁部に設けられたテープ判別部 6 0が判別凹部 4B内に挿入され、センサ S1〜S4で各センサ孔 60A〜60Dの有無が 検出されることで、テープホルダ 3に装着されたタグテープ 3Aの種類が検出可能とな つている。  [0131] As described above, the tape discriminating portion 60 provided on the inner lower edge of the positioning member 12 is inserted into the discriminating recess 4B, and the presence or absence of each sensor hole 60A to 60D is detected by the sensors S1 to S4. As a result, the type of the tag tape 3A attached to the tape holder 3 can be detected.
[0132] 図 17 (A)及び図 17 (B)は、上記のように構成されたテープホルダ 3のラベル作成 装置 1側への装着挙動の一例について説明するための説明図である。  FIGS. 17A and 17B are explanatory views for explaining an example of the mounting behavior of the tape holder 3 configured as described above to the label producing apparatus 1 side.
[0133] 図 17 (A)は、卷芯 3Bに最大幅のタグテープ 3Aが卷回されたテープホルダ 3を装 着する場合の例を表している。図 17 (A)において、まずテープホルダ 3の位置決め 保持部材 12の取付部材 13をホルダ支持部材 15の位置決め溝部 16に挿入する。そ して、テープホルダ 3のガイド部材 20の第 3延出部 44の下端面を載置部 21上に当 接させると共に、該ガイド部材 20の第 4延出部 45を載置部 21の搬送方向後側角部 に形成される第 2位置決め溝部 21Aに嵌入させる。また、該ガイド部材 20の第 1延出 部 42の下端縁部をテープホルダ収納部 4の底面部に形成される位置決め凹部 4A 内に嵌入して当接させる。  FIG. 17 (A) shows an example in which the tape holder 3 in which the maximum width tag tape 3A is wound is attached to the core 3B. In FIG. 17A, first, the attachment member 13 of the positioning holding member 12 of the tape holder 3 is inserted into the positioning groove 16 of the holder support member 15. Then, the lower end surface of the third extending portion 44 of the guide member 20 of the tape holder 3 is brought into contact with the mounting portion 21, and the fourth extending portion 45 of the guide member 20 is connected to the mounting portion 21. It is inserted into the second positioning groove 21A formed at the rear corner in the transport direction. Further, the lower end edge portion of the first extending portion 42 of the guide member 20 is fitted and brought into contact with a positioning recess 4A formed on the bottom surface portion of the tape holder housing portion 4.
[0134] このとき同時に、テープホルダ 3の位置決め保持部材 12の延出部 56の下端部に形 成されるテープ判別部 60を、ホルダ支持部材 15の基端部内側に形成される判別凹 部 4Bに挿入すると共に、弾性係止片 12Aをホルダ支持部材 15の基端部に形成され る係合凹部 15Aに係合させる。  At the same time, the tape discriminating portion 60 formed at the lower end portion of the extending portion 56 of the positioning holding member 12 of the tape holder 3 is changed to the discriminating concave portion formed inside the base end portion of the holder support member 15. While being inserted into 4B, the elastic locking piece 12A is engaged with the engagement recess 15A formed at the base end of the holder support member 15.
[0135] 以上の操作により、テープホルダ 3がテープホルダ収納部 4に着脱自在に取り付け られ、また各テープ判別センサ S1〜S5を介して対向するテープ判別部 60の各セン サ孔 60A〜60Eの有無が検出可能となる。  [0135] Through the above operation, the tape holder 3 is detachably attached to the tape holder storage section 4, and the sensor holes 60A to 60E of the tape determination section 60 facing each other through the respective tape determination sensors S1 to S5. The presence or absence can be detected.
[0136] 続いて、レバー 27を上方に回動させた状態で、タグテープ 3Aの一方の側端縁部 をガイド部材 20の内側面に当接させつつ、該タグテープ 3Aを引きだし、このタグテ ープ 3Aの他方の側端縁部を挿入口 18の側端縁部に立設された案内リブ部 23に当 接させつつ挿入口 18に挿入する。その後、レバー 27を下方に回動させることにより、 該タグテープ 3Aの先端部がサーマルヘッド 31によってプラテンローラ 26に押圧され 、印字可能な状態になる。 [0136] Subsequently, with the lever 27 pivoted upward, the tag tape 3A is pulled out while the one side edge of the tag tape 3A is brought into contact with the inner surface of the guide member 20, and this tag tape is pulled out. The other side edge portion of the loop 3A is inserted into the insertion port 18 while being brought into contact with the guide rib portion 23 standing on the side edge portion of the insertion port 18. Thereafter, by rotating the lever 27 downward, the leading end portion of the tag tape 3A is pressed against the platen roller 26 by the thermal head 31, and printing is possible.
[0137] 図 17 (B)は、卷芯 3Bに最小幅のタグテープ 3Aが卷回されたテープホルダ 3を装 着する場合の例を表している。図 17 (B)において、まずテープホルダ 3の位置決め 保持部材 12の取付部材 13をホルダ支持部材 15の位置決め溝部 16に挿入する。そ して、テープホルダ 3のガイド部材 20の第 3延出部 44の下端面を載置部 21上に当 接させると共に、該ガイド部材 20の第 4延出部 45を載置部 21の搬送方向後側角部 に形成される第 2位置決め溝部 21Dに嵌入させる。また、該ガイド部材 20の第 1延出 部 42の下端縁部をテープホルダ収納部 4の底面部に形成される位置決め凹部 4A 内に嵌入して当接させる。  FIG. 17B shows an example in which the tape holder 3 around which the tag tape 3A having the minimum width is wound is attached to the core 3B. In FIG. 17B, first, the mounting member 13 of the positioning holding member 12 of the tape holder 3 is inserted into the positioning groove 16 of the holder supporting member 15. Then, the lower end surface of the third extending portion 44 of the guide member 20 of the tape holder 3 is brought into contact with the mounting portion 21, and the fourth extending portion 45 of the guide member 20 is connected to the mounting portion 21. It is inserted into the second positioning groove 21D formed at the rear corner in the transport direction. Further, the lower end edge portion of the first extending portion 42 of the guide member 20 is fitted and brought into contact with a positioning recess 4A formed on the bottom surface portion of the tape holder housing portion 4.
[0138] このとき同時に、テープホルダ 3の位置決め保持部材 12の延出部 56の下端部に形 成されるテープ判別部 60を、ホルダ支持部材 15の基端部内側に形成される判別凹 部 4Bに挿入すると共に、弾性係止片 12Aをホルダ支持部材 15の基端部に形成され る係合凹部 15Aに係合させる。  At the same time, the tape discriminating portion 60 formed at the lower end portion of the extending portion 56 of the positioning holding member 12 of the tape holder 3 is changed to the discriminating concave portion formed inside the base end portion of the holder support member 15. While being inserted into 4B, the elastic locking piece 12A is engaged with the engagement recess 15A formed at the base end of the holder support member 15.
[0139] 以上の操作により、テープホルダ 3がテープホルダ収納部 4に着脱自在に取り付け られ、また各テープ判別センサ S1〜S5を介して対向するテープ判別部 60の各セン サ孔 60A〜60Eの有無が検出可能となる。  [0139] Through the above operation, the tape holder 3 is detachably attached to the tape holder storage section 4, and each of the sensor holes 60A to 60E of the tape determination section 60 facing each other via the respective tape determination sensors S1 to S5. The presence or absence can be detected.
[0140] 以降レバー 27を上方に回動させる等については上記と同様であるので説明を省略 する。  [0140] Subsequent rotation of the lever 27 and the like are the same as described above, and thus description thereof is omitted.
[0141] 図 18 (a)及び図 18 (b)は、上記のようにして無線タグ回路素子 Toの情報読み取り( 又は書き込み)及びタグテープ 3Aの切断が完了し形成された無線タグラベル Tの外 観の一例を表す図であり、図 18 (a)は上面図、図 18 (b)は下面図である。また図 19 は、図 18中 XIX-XIX^ 断面による横断面図である。  [0141] FIG. 18 (a) and FIG. 18 (b) show the outside of the RFID label T formed after the information reading (or writing) of the RFID circuit element To and the cutting of the tag tape 3A are completed as described above. FIG. 18A is a diagram illustrating an example of a view, and FIG. 18A is a top view and FIG. 18B is a bottom view. Figure 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along the XIX-XIX ^ section in Figure 18.
[0142] これら図 18 (a)、図 18 (b)、及び図 19において、無線タグラベル Tは、前述のように 3層構造となっており、表面側(図 19中上側)よりその反対側(図 19中下側)へ向かつ て、感熱紙 3c、粘着層 3b、剥離紙 3aの順で積層している。そして、前述のように感熱 紙 3cの裏側に、 IC回路部 150及びアンテナ 151からなる無線タグ回路素子 Toが備 えられる (Toは逆向きでも良い。)とともに、感熱紙 3cの表面に印字 R (この例では「A A— AA」の文字)が印刷されている。 [0142] In Fig. 18 (a), Fig. 18 (b), and Fig. 19, the RFID label T has a three-layer structure as described above, and is on the opposite side from the front side (upper side in Fig. 19). The thermal paper 3c, the adhesive layer 3b, and the release paper 3a are laminated in this order toward the (lower side in FIG. 19). And heat sensitive as mentioned above On the back side of the paper 3c, a RFID circuit element To consisting of an IC circuit 150 and an antenna 151 is provided (To may be reversed) and printed on the surface of the thermal paper 3c R (in this example “AA— AA ”) is printed.
[0143] 以上のように構成したラベル作成装置 1に備えられた本実施形態のタグテープロー ル体 (テープ保持体) 100の作用効果を図 20を用いて説明する。  [0143] The operational effects of the tag tape roll body (tape holder) 100 of this embodiment provided in the label producing apparatus 1 configured as described above will be described with reference to FIG.
[0144] 図 20は上記作用効果を概念的に表す説明図である。テープホルダ 3を装置側のホ ルダ支持部材 15より取り外した場合 (特に、その後卷芯 3Bをテープホルダ 3に対し 頻繁に取り外し '装着を行った場合)、そのままでは、卷芯 3Bからロール状のタグテ ープ 3Aがゆるんでばらける可能性がある((A)の状態)。これに対し、本実施形態で はタグテープロール体 100に備えられた、卷芯 3Bを回転可能に支持する固定側部 材であるテープホルダ 3 (詳細には判別部 60)にばらけ防止手段としての切り欠き部 101を設け、これにタグテープ 3Aの長手方向端部(又は幅方向端部)を挿入し係止 することにより、タグテープ 3Aの弛みが発生するのを防止し、特に、テープ 3A自体 が径方向外側に広がっていこうとする挙動を直接阻止して上記ばらけが発生するの を確実に防止することができる((B)の状態)。この結果、ゆるみによって搬送むらや印 字の不具合等が生じることがなぐまた再装着時にゆるんだタグテープ 3Aをまき直す 必要もな 、ので、高 、生産性で無線タグラベル Tの作成作業を行うことができる。  FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram conceptually showing the above-described effect. When the tape holder 3 is removed from the holder support member 15 on the apparatus side (especially when the core 3B is frequently removed from the tape holder 3 and then attached), the roll 3B is not rolled from the core 3B. Tag tape 3A may come loose and loose (state (A)). On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the tag tape roll body 100 is provided with the tape holder 3 (specifically, the determination unit 60) which is a fixed side member that rotatably supports the core 3B. The tape tape 3A is prevented from being slackened by inserting and locking the longitudinal end portion (or the width direction end portion) of the tag tape 3A, It is possible to prevent the above-described scattering from occurring by directly preventing the tape 3A itself from spreading outward in the radial direction (state (B)). As a result, it is not necessary to re-roll the tag tape 3A that has been loosened at the time of re-installation, and the RFID tag T must be created with high productivity. Can do.
[0145] 特に、前述のように、タグテープ 3Aの剥離紙 3aに、各無線タグ回路素子 Toの配置 位置に対応しセンサ 239で検出可能な識別用マーク (識別子)が設けられていた場 合、もしタグテープ 3Aが緩んだりばらけたりすると、タグテープ 3Aの位置がずれて上 記センサ 239が誤って次の識別用マークを検出し、無線タグ回路素子 Toを無駄にし てしまう怖れがある。本実施形態のように切り欠き部 101を設けて係止することにより、 上記誤検出を未然に防止し、無線タグ回路素子 Toの無駄が生じるのを防止すること ができる。  [0145] In particular, as described above, when the separation sheet 3a of the tag tape 3A is provided with an identification mark (identifier) that can be detected by the sensor 239 corresponding to the arrangement position of each RFID circuit element To. If the tag tape 3A is loosened or scattered, the tag tape 3A may be misaligned, causing the sensor 239 to erroneously detect the next identification mark and waste the RFID circuit element To. is there. By providing and locking the notch portion 101 as in the present embodiment, it is possible to prevent the erroneous detection and prevent the RFID tag circuit element To from being wasted.
[0146] また、タグテープ 3Aを卷回する卷芯 3Bとは別に、回り止め用の新たな部材をタグ テープロール体 100に追加した場合、その新たな部材により無線タグ回路素子 Toに アクセスする際の電磁界の条件が変化してしま 、、安定してアクセスできなくなる怖れ がある。本実施形態では上記のように切り欠き部 101を用いることで新たな部材を追 加する必要がない。この結果、通信安定性を確保することができる。 [0146] In addition to the core 3B for winding the tag tape 3A, when a new member for preventing rotation is added to the tag tape roll body 100, the RFID tag circuit element To is accessed by the new member. If the conditions of the electromagnetic field at the time change, there is a fear that it will become impossible to access stably. In the present embodiment, a new member is added by using the notch 101 as described above. There is no need to add. As a result, communication stability can be ensured.
[0147] また特にこの例では、前述したようにタグテープ 3Aの幅方向でみて無線タグ回路 素子 Toが設けられている側と反対側に位置する位置決め保持部材 12の判別部 60 に切り欠き部 101を設け、そのタグテープ 3Aの無線タグ回路素子 Toと反対側部分を 切り欠き部 101に挿入し係止することにより、テープの挿入係止時に無線タグ回路素 子 Toに悪影響が及ばないようにすることができる。  Further, particularly in this example, as described above, the notch portion is formed in the determination portion 60 of the positioning holding member 12 located on the side opposite to the side on which the RFID tag circuit element To is provided in the width direction of the tag tape 3A. By providing 101 and inserting the tag tape 3A on the opposite side of the RFID tag circuit element To into the notch 101 and locking it, the RFID circuit element To is not adversely affected when the tape is locked. Can be.
[0148] なお、本発明は上記の実施形態に限られるものではなぐその趣旨及び技術的思 想を逸脱しない範囲内で種々の変形が可能である。以下、そのような変形例を順を 追って説明する。なお、各変形例において、上記実施形態と同等の部分には同一の 符号を付し、適宜説明を省略する。  Note that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and technical idea of the present invention. Hereinafter, such modifications will be described step by step. In each modification, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as those in the above embodiment, and the description will be omitted as appropriate.
[0149] (1 1)卷芯 3Bを挟み込んで回転停止させる場合  [0149] (1 1) When stopping the rotation by inserting the core 3B
すなわち、上記ばらけ防止手段として、切り欠き部 101に代えて、テープホルダ 3で 卷芯 3Bを挟み込み押圧して回転停止させる構造とした場合である。  In other words, as a means for preventing the breakage, the structure is such that the core 3B is sandwiched and pressed by the tape holder 3 in place of the notch 101, and the rotation is stopped.
[0150] 図 21はこの変形例を表す縦断面図であり、前述の図 14に相当する図である。図 2 1において、この例では、テープホルダ 3を構成する位置決め保持部材 12、ホルダ軸 部材 40、ガイド部材 20の組み付け状態が、ラベル作成装置 1側より取り外した状態( 図示の状態)では、位置決め保持部材 12とガイド部材 20とが面平行とならず、卷芯 3 B近傍(図示の例では下側近傍)にお 、て位置決め保持部材 12とガイド部材 20との 間の距離が相対的に近づいて卷芯 3Bまわりのロール状のタグテープ 3A (図示省略 )の側面を押圧する。  FIG. 21 is a longitudinal sectional view showing this modification, and corresponds to FIG. 14 described above. In FIG. 21, in this example, the positioning holding member 12, the holder shaft member 40, and the guide member 20 constituting the tape holder 3 are positioned in the state where they are removed from the label producing apparatus 1 side (the state shown in the figure). The holding member 12 and the guide member 20 are not parallel to each other, and the distance between the positioning holding member 12 and the guide member 20 is relatively near the core 3 B (in the illustrated example, near the lower side). Approach and press the side of the roll-shaped tag tape 3A (not shown) around the core 3B.
[0151] このテープホルダ 3をラベル作成装置 1側に取り付ける際には、前述のようにガイド 部材 20の第 4延出部 45を載置部 21の位置決め溝部 (この例では第 2位置決め溝部 21A)に嵌入し、位置決め保持部材 12のテープ判別部 60を判別凹部 4Bに挿入し なければならな!/、が、図 21に示すようにそのままの状態では上記のようにガイド部材 20と位置決め保持部材 12との間の距離が狭ぐ上記 2つの挿入を行えない。したが つて、取り付けの際には、図 22に示すように、上記非平行状態の位置決め部材 12と ガイド部材 20とを面平行とするように操作者が上記組み付け体を弾性的に変形させ つつ取り付けを行う。この結果、図 22に示すように、位置決め保持部材 12とガイド部 材 20との間の距離が相対的に遠ざ力つて (面平行状態となり)卷芯 3Bまわりのロー ル状のタグテープ 3A (図示省略)の側面の上記押圧がなくなり、タグテープ 3Aが自 由に引き出せるようになる。 [0151] When attaching the tape holder 3 to the label producing apparatus 1 side, as described above, the fourth extending portion 45 of the guide member 20 is placed on the positioning groove portion of the mounting portion 21 (in this example, the second positioning groove portion 21A). ), The tape discriminating part 60 of the positioning and holding member 12 must be inserted into the discriminating recess 4B! /, But as shown in FIG. The above two insertions where the distance to the member 12 is narrow cannot be performed. Therefore, when attaching, as shown in FIG. 22, the operator elastically deforms the assembly so that the non-parallel positioning member 12 and the guide member 20 are parallel to each other. Install. As a result, as shown in FIG. When the distance to the material 20 is relatively increased (becomes parallel to the plane), the above-mentioned pressure on the side surface of the roll-shaped tag tape 3A (not shown) around the core 3B is eliminated, and the tag tape 3A It will be possible to withdraw.
[0152] 以上のように、この変形例においては、ラベル作成装置 1よりテープホルダ 3を取り 外したときには自動的に(弾性復元力にて)ガイド部材 20と位置決め部材 12とでロー ル状のタグテープ 3Aの側面を押圧し、ロール状のタグテープ 3A全体が回転しようと する挙動を阻止できる。これにより、上記実施形態と同様、卷芯 3Bからロール状のタ グテープ 3Aがゆるんでばらけるのを防止できる。  [0152] As described above, in this modified example, when the tape holder 3 is removed from the label producing apparatus 1, the guide member 20 and the positioning member 12 are automatically rolled (with elastic restoring force). The side surface of the tag tape 3A can be pressed to prevent the entire roll-shaped tag tape 3A from attempting to rotate. As a result, similarly to the above-described embodiment, it is possible to prevent the roll-shaped tag tape 3A from coming loose from the core 3B.
[0153] また、特にこの例では、さらに以下の効果がある。すなわち、上記のようにしてラベ ル作成装置 1への取り外し及び取り付け時にガイド部材 20と位置決め保持部材 12と が遠近するとき、その遠近動作によっていずれの部材 12, 20にもたわみが生じる。こ こでこの変形例では上記部材 12, 20のうち無線タグ回路素子 Toが設けられている 側のガイド部材 20の面積のほうが位置決め保持部材 12の面積よりも相対的に大きく なっている(図 12等を参照)。これにより、ガイド部材 20を位置決め保持部材 12よりも 強度的に強くし、相対的にたわみが生じる量を小さくできる。この結果、上記ラベル作 成装置 1への取り外し及び取り付けに伴う両部材 12, 20の遠近時に無線タグ回路素 子 Toに悪影響が及ばないようにすることができる。  [0153] Further, particularly in this example, the following effects are further obtained. That is, when the guide member 20 and the positioning / holding member 12 are moved away from and attached to the label producing apparatus 1 as described above, the members 12 and 20 are deflected by the moving operation. In this modification, the area of the guide member 20 on the side where the RFID circuit element To is provided in the members 12 and 20 is relatively larger than the area of the positioning holding member 12 (see FIG. See 12 mag). As a result, the guide member 20 is stronger than the positioning and holding member 12, and the amount of relative deflection can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to prevent the RFID tag circuit element To from being adversely affected when the two members 12 and 20 are in the distance from and attached to the label producing apparatus 1.
[0154] (1 - 2)上蓋部材を設ける場合  [0154] (1-2) When an upper lid member is provided
図 23は、この変形例を表す縦断面図であって上記図 14や図 21に相当する図であ り、図 24はこの変形例のテープホルダを斜め後方側みた斜視図であって上記図 12 ( A)に相当する図である(但し上蓋部材は図示省略)。  FIG. 23 is a longitudinal sectional view showing this modification, and is a view corresponding to FIG. 14 and FIG. 21, and FIG. 24 is a perspective view of the tape holder of this modification obliquely viewed from the rear side. FIG. 12 is a view corresponding to (A) (however, the upper lid member is not shown).
[0155] これら図 23及び図 24において、この例では、上記ばらけ防止手段として、上蓋部 材 (スライド押圧部材) 102を設けている。  In FIG. 23 and FIG. 24, in this example, an upper lid member (slide pressing member) 102 is provided as the above-described scatter preventing means.
[0156] この上蓋部材 102は、上下方向(言い換えれば卷芯 3Bの軸方向と直交する方向) にスライド可能となるように、ばね部材 103a, 103bを介し位置決め保持部材 12 (詳 細にはこの例ではフランジ部 55)及びガイド部材 20 (詳細にはこの例では第 1筒部 3 5)にそれぞれ接続されている。  [0156] The upper lid member 102 is positioned and held via the spring members 103a and 103b (specifically, the positioning holding member 12 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction (in other words, the direction orthogonal to the axial direction of the core 3B). In the example, it is connected to the flange portion 55) and the guide member 20 (specifically, in this example, the first tube portion 35).
[0157] また、上蓋部材 102の内周側下部には、適宜の弾性部材カも構成されタグテープ 3Aを当接し押圧する押圧部 104が設けられている。この押圧部 104は、タグテープ 3Aの無線タグ回路素子 Toに相当する部分には凹部 104Aが設けられてこの部分で はタグテープ 3Aの押圧を行わな 、(言 、換えれば押圧部 104は無線タグ回路素子 To以外の部分に当接し押圧する)ようになって 、る。 [0157] In addition, an appropriate elastic member is also formed on the inner peripheral side lower portion of the upper lid member 102, and the tag tape A pressing portion 104 that contacts and presses 3A is provided. The pressing portion 104 is provided with a recess 104A in a portion corresponding to the RFID tag circuit element To of the tag tape 3A, and the tag tape 3A is not pressed in this portion (in other words, the pressing portion 104 is wireless. It comes into contact with and presses parts other than the tag circuit element To).
[0158] 図 25は、上記構成のテープホルダ 3がラベル作成装置 1側に取り付けられるときの 挙動を表す図である。図示のように、上蓋部材 102の下端部 102A, 102Aがラベル 作成装置 1側の対応する部位に設けられた突設部 105, 105に当接され上方に押し 上げられることで、上蓋部材 102全体が上記ばね部材 103a, 103bの付勢力に抗し て卷芯 3B及びタグテープ 3Aから離れる方向にスライドする。この結果、上記押圧部 104によるロール状のタグテープ 3Aへの押圧が解放されるようになっている。  FIG. 25 is a diagram showing the behavior when the tape holder 3 having the above configuration is attached to the label producing apparatus 1 side. As shown in the drawing, the lower end portion 102A, 102A of the upper lid member 102 is brought into contact with the protruding portions 105, 105 provided at the corresponding portions on the label producing apparatus 1 side and pushed upward, so that the entire upper lid member 102 is Slides in a direction away from the core 3B and the tag tape 3A against the urging force of the spring members 103a and 103b. As a result, the pressing on the roll-shaped tag tape 3A by the pressing portion 104 is released.
[0159] 図 26は、上記したテープホルダ取り外し状態のタグテープ押圧及びテープホルダ 取り付け時のタグテープ解放状態の挙動をそれぞれ概念的に示した説明図である。 上述したように、本変形例では、テープホルダ 3にばらけ防止手段として設けた上蓋 部材 102が、テープホルダ 3をラベル作成装置 1側に取り付けたときにはタグテープ 3 A力 離れる方向に押圧されスライドすることで回転を許容する( (B)の状態)一方、 テープホルダ 3をラベル作成装置 1より取り外したときにはタグテープ 3Aに近づく方 向にスライドしロール状のタグテープ 3Aを押圧することで、ロール状のタグテープ 3A 全体が回転しょうとする挙動を阻止できる((A)の状態)。これにより、卷芯 3Bから口 ール状のタグテープ 3Aがゆるんでばらけるのを防止できる。  [0159] Fig. 26 is an explanatory diagram conceptually showing the behavior of the tag tape pressing in the tape holder detached state and the tag tape releasing state when the tape holder is attached. As described above, in this modification, the upper lid member 102 provided as a means for preventing the tape holder 3 from being scattered is pressed and slid in the direction away from the tag tape 3 A force when the tape holder 3 is attached to the label producing apparatus 1 side. On the other hand, when the tape holder 3 is removed from the label producing device 1, it slides in the direction approaching the tag tape 3A and presses the roll-shaped tag tape 3A. The entire roll-shaped tag tape 3A can be prevented from rotating (state (A)). As a result, it is possible to prevent the tag-like tag tape 3A from loosening from the core 3B.
[0160] このとき、特にこの例では、上蓋部材 102内に設けた押圧部 104が上記したように 凹部 104Aを備え無線タグ回路素子 Toが設けられている部分を避けてその他の部 分のみに当接するようになっているので、無線タグ回路素子 Toに押圧による悪影響 が及ばな 、ようにすることができる。  [0160] At this time, particularly in this example, the pressing portion 104 provided in the upper lid member 102 is provided only in the other portions, avoiding the portion provided with the recess 104A as described above and provided with the RFID circuit element To. Since the contact is made, the RFID tag circuit element To can be prevented from being adversely affected by pressing.
[0161] (1 - 3)上記実施形態及び変形例の組み合わせ  [0161] (1-3) Combination of the above embodiment and modifications
なお、上記実施形態及び(1 1) (1 2)の変形例のばらけ防止手段を適宜組み 合わせることも可能である。  It should be noted that the anti-scattering means of the above embodiment and the modified examples of (1 1) and (1 2) can be appropriately combined.
[0162] すなわち、図 21及び図 22を用いて説明した上記(1— 1)の変形例の構成において 、位置決め保持部材 12の判別部 60に切り欠き部 101を併せて設けるようにしてもよ 、し、あるいは上記(1— 2)の変形例のように上蓋部材 102を設けて押圧部 104を当 接させるようにしてちょい。 That is, in the configuration of the modified example (1-1) described with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22, the notch 101 may be provided in the determination unit 60 of the positioning holding member 12 together. Alternatively, as in the modification example (1-2), the upper cover member 102 is provided so that the pressing portion 104 is brought into contact therewith.
[0163] 同様に、図 23、図 24、図 25、及び図 26を用いて説明した上記(1 2)の変形例の 構成において、位置決め保持部材 12の判別部 60に切り欠き部 101を併せて設ける ようにしてもよい。 [0163] Similarly, in the configuration of the modified example of (12) described above with reference to FIGS. 23, 24, 25, and 26, the notch 101 is combined with the determination unit 60 of the positioning holding member 12. You may make it provide.
[0164] さらには、上記実施形態の切り欠き部 101、上記(1 1)の変形例の挟み込み構造 、上記(1— 2)の上蓋部材 102による押圧をすベて併せて設けるようにしてもょ 、。  [0164] Further, the notch 101 of the above embodiment, the sandwiching structure of the modified example of (11), and the pressing by the upper lid member 102 of (1-2) may be provided together. Oh ,.
[0165] これらの場合いずれも、複数のばらけ手段による相乗効果で、より確実にばらけ防 止を行なえると ヽぅ効果を得る。  [0165] In any of these cases, a synergistic effect by a plurality of dispersal means provides a habit effect when the dispersibility can be more reliably prevented.
[0166] (1 4)その他  [0166] (1 4) Other
上記テープホルダ 3の全部、あるいは主たる構成要素 (位置決め保持部材 12、ガイ ド部材 20、及びホルダ軸部材 40等)を、電磁波遮蔽機能を備えた公知の金属部材 で構成してもよい。この場合、テープホルダ 3内外をシールドすることができるので、 テープホルダ 3外部力もの電波によってタグテープ 3Aの無線タグ回路素子 Toに対し 誤って誤読み取りや誤書き込みが行われるのを確実に防止できる効果がある。  All of the tape holder 3 or the main components (positioning and holding member 12, guide member 20, and holder shaft member 40, etc.) may be formed of a known metal member having an electromagnetic wave shielding function. In this case, since the inside and outside of the tape holder 3 can be shielded, it is possible to reliably prevent erroneous reading and writing to the RFID tag circuit element To of the tag tape 3A by radio waves of the tape holder 3 external force. effective.
[0167] 本発明の第 2の実施の形態を図 27〜図 47により説明する。上記第 1の実施形態と 同等の部分には同一の符号を付し、適宜説明を省略又は簡略化する。  [0167] A second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. The same parts as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted or simplified as appropriate.
[0168] 図 27は、本実施形態のテープ保持体としてのラベル用カートリッジを備えたラベル 作成装置が適用される無線タグ生成システムを表すシステム構成図である。  FIG. 27 is a system configuration diagram showing a wireless tag generation system to which a label producing apparatus including a label cartridge as a tape holder according to the present embodiment is applied.
[0169] 図 27に示すこの無線タグ生成システム 301において、ラベル作成装置 302は、有 線あるいは無線による通信回線 303を介してルートサーバ 304、端末 305、汎用コン ピュータ 306、及び複数の情報サーバ 307に接続されて 、る。  In the RFID tag generating system 301 shown in FIG. 27, the label producing device 302 includes a route server 304, a terminal 305, a general-purpose computer 306, and a plurality of information servers 307 via a wired or wireless communication line 303. Connected to
[0170] 図 28は、上記ラベル作成装置 302の詳細構造を表す概念的構成図である。  FIG. 28 is a conceptual block diagram showing the detailed structure of the label producing apparatus 302.
[0171] 図 28において、ラベル作成装置 302の装置本体 308には、凹所としてのカートリツ ジホルダ部(保持体ホルダ部、図示せず)が設けられ、このホルダ部に、カートリッジ 4 00が着脱可能に取り付けられて 、る。  In FIG. 28, the apparatus main body 308 of the label producing apparatus 302 is provided with a cartridge holder portion (a holder holder portion, not shown) as a recess, and the cartridge 400 can be attached to and detached from this holder portion. It is attached to
[0172] 装置本体 308は、第 2ロール (被印字テープロール) 404から繰り出される被印字テ ープ 403に所定の印字(印刷)を行う印字ヘッド(印字手段、サーマルヘッド) 310と、 被印字テープ 403への印字が終了したインクリボン 405を駆動するリボン卷取り口一 ラ駆動軸 311と、被印字テープ 403とラベル用テープロールとしての第 1ロール (基 材テープロール) 402から繰り出されるラベル用テープの基材テープ (タグテープ) 4 01とを貼り合わせつつ印字済タグラベル用テープ 410としてカートリッジ 400から繰り 出すための圧着ローラ駆動軸 (駆動手段) 312と、印字済タグラベル用テープ 410に 備えられる無線タグ回路素子 To (詳細は後述)との間で UHF帯等の高周波を用いて 無線通信により信号の送受を行うアンテナ(装置側アンテナ) 314と、上記印字済タグ ラベル用テープ 410を所定のタイミングで所定の長さに切断しラベル状の無線タグラ ベル T (詳細は後述)を生成するカツタ 315と、無線タグラベル Tを搬出する搬出口( 排出口) 316と、それらを収納するように外郭を構成し、カートリッジ 400を着脱可能 に嵌合させる上記カートリッジホルダ部及び上記搬出口 316を備える筐体 (ハウジン グ) 309とを有する。 [0172] The apparatus main body 308 includes a print head (printing means, thermal head) 310 that performs predetermined printing (printing) on the print-receiving tape 403 fed out from the second roll (print-receiving tape roll) 404, and The ink ribbon 405 that drives the ink ribbon 405 that has finished printing on the print-receiving tape 403 is fed out from the ribbon drive shaft 311 and the first roll 403 and the first roll (base tape roll) 402 as the label tape roll. The pressure roller drive shaft (drive means) 312 for feeding out from the cartridge 400 as a printed tag label tape 410 while sticking the label tape base tape (tag tape) 401 to the printed tag label tape 410 An antenna (device-side antenna) 314 that transmits and receives signals by radio communication using a high-frequency wave such as a UHF band with the RFID circuit element To (provided later) is provided, and the printed tag label tape 410 is A cutter 315 that generates a label-like RFID label T (details will be described later) by cutting it to a predetermined length at a predetermined timing, and a carry-out port that carries out the RFID label T (Discharge port) 316 and a casing (housing) 309 having an outer shell so as to accommodate them and having the cartridge holder portion into which the cartridge 400 is detachably fitted and the carry-out port 316 are provided.
[0173] アンテナ 314は、一方側(この例では図 28の紙面に向力つて手前側)に指向性を 備えた指向性アンテナ(この例ではいわゆるパッチアンテナ)で構成されるとともに、 上記第 1ロール 402から繰り出された基材テープ 401の搬送経路(ロールからの繰り 出し位置より上記圧着ローラ駆動軸 312までの間)のテープ面に交差する面 (この例 では直交する面;但しこれに限られず、 90° 以外の 45° 、60° 等の交差角でも良 い)内における搬送経路の近傍に設けられている。  [0173] The antenna 314 is composed of a directional antenna (in this example, a so-called patch antenna) having directivity on one side (in this example, the front side in FIG. 28). A surface that intersects the tape surface of the transport path of the base tape 401 fed from the roll 402 (between the feed position from the roll to the pressure roller drive shaft 312) (in this example, a surface that is orthogonal; however, this is not the only case) However, it may be an intersection angle other than 90 °, such as 45 ° or 60 °).
[0174] 一方、装置本体 308はまた、上記アンテナ 314を介し上記無線タグ回路素子 Toへ アクセスする(書き込み又は読み取りを行う)ための上記第 1実施形態と同様の高周 波回路 201と、無線タグ回路素子 To力 読み出された信号を処理するための上記第 1実施形態と同様の信号処理回路 202と、前述したリボン卷取りローラ駆動軸 311、 圧着ローラ駆動軸 312を駆動するカートリッジ用モータ 323と、このカートリッジ用モ ータ 323の駆動を制御するカートリッジ駆動回路 324と、上記印字ヘッド 310への通 電を制御する印刷駆動回路 325と、上記カツタ 315を駆動して切断動作を行わせる ソレノイド 326と、そのソレノイド 326を制御するソレノイド駆動回路 327と、上記高周 波回路 201、信号処理回路 202、カートリッジ駆動回路 324、印刷駆動回路 325、ソ レノイド駆動回路 327等を介し、ラベル作成装置 302全体の動作を制御するための 制御回路 330とを有する。 On the other hand, the apparatus main body 308 also has a high-frequency circuit 201 similar to that in the first embodiment for accessing (writing or reading) the RFID circuit element To via the antenna 314, and a wireless Tag circuit element To force A signal processing circuit 202 similar to that of the first embodiment for processing a read signal, and a cartridge motor for driving the ribbon scraping roller driving shaft 311 and the pressure roller driving shaft 312 described above. 323, a cartridge drive circuit 324 for controlling the drive of the cartridge motor 323, a print drive circuit 325 for controlling the power supply to the print head 310, and the cutter 315 to drive the cutting operation. Solenoid 326, solenoid drive circuit 327 that controls solenoid 326, high frequency circuit 201, signal processing circuit 202, cartridge drive circuit 324, print drive circuit 325, solenoid Via the Id driving circuit 327, etc., for controlling the label producing apparatus 302 overall operation And a control circuit 330.
[0175] 制御回路 330は、いわゆるマイクロコンピュータであり、詳細な図示を省略するが、 中央演算処理装置である CPU、 ROM、及び RAM等力 構成され、 RAMの一時記 憶機能を利用しつつ ROMに予め記憶されたプログラムに従って信号処理を行うよう になっている。またこの制御回路 330は、入出力インターフェイス 331を介し例えば 通信回線に接続され、この通信回線に接続された前述のルートサーバ 304、他の端 末 305、汎用コンピュータ 306、及び情報サーバ 7等との間で情報のやりとりが可能と なっている。 [0175] The control circuit 330 is a so-called microcomputer, and detailed illustration is omitted. However, a central processing unit such as a CPU, a ROM, and a RAM are configured, and a ROM is used while using a temporary storage function of the RAM. Signal processing is performed according to a program stored in advance. The control circuit 330 is connected to, for example, a communication line via an input / output interface 331. The control circuit 330 is connected to the above-described route server 304, other terminal 305, general-purpose computer 306, information server 7 and the like connected to the communication line. Information can be exchanged between them.
[0176] 高周波回路 201は、上記第 1実施形態と同様の構成であり、図 10を用いて前述し たように、アンテナ 314 (図 10のアンテナ 204に相当)を介し無線タグ回路素子 Toに 対して信号を送信する送信部 212と、アンテナ 314により受信された無線タグ回路素 子 Toからの反射波を入力する受信部 213と、送受分離器 214とから構成され、上記 第 1の実施形態と同様、本実施形態のラベル作成装置 302でも、 I Q直交復調によ つて無線タグ回路素子 To力 の反射波の復調が行われる。  [0176] The high-frequency circuit 201 has the same configuration as that of the first embodiment described above. As described above with reference to FIG. 10, the high-frequency circuit 201 is connected to the RFID circuit element To via the antenna 314 (corresponding to the antenna 204 in FIG. 10). The transmission unit 212 transmits a signal, the reception unit 213 inputs a reflected wave from the RFID tag circuit element To received by the antenna 314, and the transmission / reception separator 214. The first embodiment Similarly to the above, in the label producing apparatus 302 of this embodiment, the reflected wave of the RFID circuit element To force is demodulated by IQ quadrature demodulation.
[0177] なお、信号処理回路 202及び高周波回路 201の送信部 212が、無線タグ回路素 子の IC回路部へのアクセス情報を生成し、装置側アンテナを介して無線タグ回路素 子へ送信し、無線タグ回路素子の IC回路部への情報書き込み又は IC回路部からの 情報読み取りを行う情報アクセス手段を構成して 、る。  Note that the transmission unit 212 of the signal processing circuit 202 and the high-frequency circuit 201 generates access information to the IC circuit unit of the RFID circuit element and transmits it to the RFID circuit element via the device-side antenna. An information access means for writing information to or reading information from the IC circuit portion of the RFID circuit element is constructed.
[0178] 上記無線タグ回路素子 Toは、第 1実施形態と同様の構成であり、上記図 8を用いて 説明したように、ラベル作成装置 302側のアンテナ 314と UHF帯等の高周波を用い て非接触で信号の送受信を行う上記アンテナ 151と、このアンテナ 151に接続された 上記 IC回路部 150とを有している。  [0178] The RFID circuit element To has the same configuration as that of the first embodiment. As described with reference to Fig. 8, the antenna 314 on the label producing apparatus 302 side and a high frequency such as the UHF band are used. The antenna 151 that transmits and receives signals without contact, and the IC circuit unit 150 connected to the antenna 151 are included.
[0179] 図 29及び図 30は、上記カートリッジ 400をカートリッジホルダに装着した状態のラ ベル作成装置 302の外観構造 (但し手前側の上カバー部を取り去った状態)をそれ ぞれ表す上面図及び斜視図である。  FIGS. 29 and 30 are a top view and an external view showing the external structure of the label producing apparatus 302 in a state where the cartridge 400 is mounted in the cartridge holder (however, the upper cover portion on the front side is removed), respectively. It is a perspective view.
[0180] これら図 29及び図 30において、カートリッジ 400は、筐体 400Aと、この筐体 400A 内に配置され帯状の上記基材テープ 401が卷回された上記第 1ロール 402と、上記 基材テープ 401と略同じ幅である透明な上記被印字テープ 403が卷回された上記 第 2ロール 404と、上記インクリボン 405 (熱転写リボン、但し被印字テープが感熱テ ープの場合は不要)を繰り出すリボン供給側ロール 411と、印字後のリボン 405を卷 取るリボン卷取りローラ 406と、圧着ローラ 407と、ガイド、ローラ 412と、基材テープ 40 1をその貫通空間 413Aに揷通させ、アンテナ 314から第 1ロール 402側への電波信 号の漏れを低減するシールド部材 413とを有する。 In FIG. 29 and FIG. 30, the cartridge 400 includes a casing 400A, the first roll 402 wound around the band-shaped base tape 401 disposed in the casing 400A, and the base material. The above-mentioned transparent tape to be printed 403 having the same width as the tape 401 is wound up. Ribbon supply side roll 411 for feeding out the second roll 404 and the ink ribbon 405 (thermal transfer ribbon, but not required if the tape to be printed is a thermal tape), and a ribbon take-off roller 406 for picking up the ribbon 405 after printing. And a pressure roller 407, a guide, a roller 412, and a shield member 413 that reduces the leakage of radio signals from the antenna 314 to the first roll 402 by passing the base tape 40 1 through the through space 413A. Have
[0181] 筐体 400Aは、上記上カバー部 400AU (図示せず、後述の図 33等を参照)、これ に対向する下カバー部 400ALと、それら上カバー部 400AU及び下カバー部 400A との間の側方周囲を取り囲むように配置される側カバー部 400ASとを備えて 、る。 側カバー部 400ASは、第 1ロール 402の外周側に沿って配置される略円弧状部 40 OASoを含んで!/、る。またこの側カバー部 400ASの略円弧状部 400ASoの外周側 には、上記装置本体 308の筐体 309に備えられた略円弧状部 309Aが位置している [0181] The housing 400A includes the upper cover portion 400AU (not shown, see FIG. 33 and the like described later), a lower cover portion 400AL facing the upper cover portion 400AU, and the upper cover portion 400AU and the lower cover portion 400A. And a side cover portion 400AS which is arranged so as to surround the side periphery. The side cover portion 400AS includes a substantially arc-shaped portion 40 OASo disposed along the outer peripheral side of the first roll 402! /. Further, on the outer peripheral side of the substantially arc-shaped portion 400ASo of the side cover portion 400AS, a substantially arc-shaped portion 309A provided in the housing 309 of the apparatus main body 308 is located.
[0182] 圧着ローラ 407は、上記基材テープ 401と上記被印字テープ 403とを押圧し接着さ せ上記印字済タグラベル用テープとしつつ矢印 Aで示す方向にテープ送りを行う(= テープ送りローラとしても機能する)。 [0182] The pressure roller 407 presses and bonds the base tape 401 and the print-receiving tape 403, and feeds the tape in the direction indicated by the arrow A while using the printed tag label tape (= as a tape feed roller). Also works).
[0183] 第 1ロール 402は、その軸線方向がテープ長手方向と略直交するリール部材 402a  The first roll 402 has a reel member 402a whose axial direction is substantially orthogonal to the tape longitudinal direction.
(図 29及び図 30では概略的に表す。詳細構造は後述)の外周部に、長手方向に複 数の無線タグ回路素子 Toが所定の等間隔で順次形成された上記基材テープ 401を 卷回している。  The base tape 401 in which a plurality of RFID tag circuit elements To are sequentially formed in the longitudinal direction at predetermined equal intervals on the outer peripheral portion (illustrated schematically in FIGS. 29 and 30; detailed structure will be described later) It is turning.
[0184] 第 2ロール 404は、リール部材 404aの周りに上記被印字テープ 403を卷回してい る。第 2ロール 404より繰り出される被印字テープ 403は、その裏面側(すなわち上記 基材テープ 401と接着される側)に配置された上記リボン供給側ロール 411及び上 記リボン卷取りローラ 406で駆動されるリボン 405が、上記印字ヘッド 310に押圧され ることで当該被印字テープ 403の裏面に当接させられるようになつている。  [0184] The second roll 404 winds the print-receiving tape 403 around the reel member 404a. The print-receiving tape 403 fed out from the second roll 404 is driven by the ribbon supply-side roll 411 and the ribbon take-off roller 406 arranged on the back side thereof (that is, the side to be bonded to the base tape 401). The ribbon 405 is pressed against the print head 310 so as to be brought into contact with the back surface of the print-receiving tape 403.
[0185] リボン卷取りローラ 406及び圧着ローラ 407は、それぞれカートリッジ 400外に設け た例えばパルスモータである上記カートリッジ用モータ 323 (前述の図 28参照)の駆 動力が上記リボン卷取りローラ駆動軸 311及び上記圧着ローラ駆動軸 312に伝達さ れることによって回転駆動される。 [0186] 上記構成のカートリッジ 400において、上記第 1ロール 402より繰り出された基材テ ープ 401は、圧着ローラ 407へと供給される。一方、第 2ロール 404より繰り出される 被印字テープ 403は、その裏面側(すなわち上記基材テープ 401と接着される側)に 配置されたリボン供給側ロール 411及びリボン卷取りローラ 406で駆動されるインクリ ボン 405が上記印字ヘッド 310に押圧されて当該被印字テープ 403の裏面に当接さ せられる。 The ribbon scavenging roller 406 and the pressure roller 407 are respectively driven by the ribbon scavenging roller drive shaft 311 driven by the cartridge motor 323 (see FIG. 28 described above), for example, a pulse motor provided outside the cartridge 400. And it is driven to rotate by being transmitted to the pressure roller driving shaft 312. In the cartridge 400 having the above-described configuration, the base tape 401 fed out from the first roll 402 is supplied to the pressure roller 407. On the other hand, the print-receiving tape 403 fed out from the second roll 404 is driven by a ribbon supply-side roll 411 and a ribbon take-off roller 406 arranged on the back side thereof (that is, the side to be bonded to the base tape 401). The ink ribbon 405 is pressed against the print head 310 and brought into contact with the back surface of the print-receiving tape 403.
[0187] そして、カートリッジ 400が上記装置本体 308のカートリッジホルダ部に装着され口 ールホルダ RHが離反位置(図示の位置)から当接位置に移動されると、被印字テー プ 403及びインクリボン 405が印字ヘッド 310とプラテンローラ 408との間に狭持され るとともに、基材テープ 401及び被印字テープ 403が圧着ローラ 407とサブローラ 40 9との間に狭持される。そして、カートリッジ用モータ 323の駆動力によってリボン卷取 りローラ 406及び圧着ローラ 407が矢印 B及び矢印 Dで示す方向にそれぞれ同期し て回転駆動される。このとき、前述の圧着ローラ駆動軸 312と上記サブローラ 409及 びプラテンローラ 408はギヤ(図示せず)にて連結されており、圧着ローラ駆動軸 312 の駆動に伴い圧着ローラ 407、サブローラ 409、及びプラテンローラ 408が回転し、 第 1ロール 402から基材テープ 401が繰り出され、上述のように圧着ローラ 407へ供 給される。一方、第 2ロール 404からは被印字テープ 403が繰り出されるとともに、上 記印刷駆動回路 325により印字ヘッド 310の複数の発熱素子が通電される。この結 果、被印字テープ 403の裏面に、貼り合わせ対象となる基材テープ 401上の無線タ グ回路素子 Toに対応した印字 R (後述の図 38参照)が印刷される。そして、上記基 材テープ 401と上記印刷が終了した被印字テープ 403とが上記圧着ローラ 407及び サブローラ 409により接着されて一体ィ匕され、印字済タグラベル用テープとして形成 され、矢印 Cで示す方向にカートリッジ 400外へと搬出される。なお、被印字テープ 4 03への印字が終了したインクリボン 405は、リボン卷取りローラ駆動軸 311の駆動に よりリボン卷取りローラ 406に卷取られる。  [0187] Then, when the cartridge 400 is mounted on the cartridge holder portion of the apparatus main body 308 and the tool holder RH is moved from the separation position (position shown in the figure) to the contact position, the print-receiving tape 403 and the ink ribbon 405 are moved. While being sandwiched between the print head 310 and the platen roller 408, the base tape 401 and the print-receiving tape 403 are sandwiched between the pressure roller 407 and the sub roller 409. Then, the ribbon take-off roller 406 and the pressure roller 407 are driven to rotate in synchronization with the directions indicated by the arrows B and D by the driving force of the cartridge motor 323, respectively. At this time, the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is connected to the sub roller 409 and the platen roller 408 by a gear (not shown). As the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is driven, the pressure roller 407, the sub roller 409, and The platen roller 408 rotates, the base tape 401 is fed out from the first roll 402, and supplied to the pressure roller 407 as described above. On the other hand, the print-receiving tape 403 is fed out from the second roll 404, and the plurality of heating elements of the print head 310 are energized by the print drive circuit 325. As a result, a print R (see FIG. 38 described later) corresponding to the wireless tag circuit element To on the base tape 401 to be bonded is printed on the back surface of the print-receiving tape 403. Then, the base tape 401 and the print-receiving tape 403 that has been printed are bonded together by the pressure roller 407 and the sub-roller 409 to form a printed tag label tape in the direction indicated by the arrow C. It is carried out of the cartridge 400. The ink ribbon 405 that has finished printing on the print-receiving tape 4003 is scraped by the ribbon scraping roller 406 by driving the ribbon scraping roller drive shaft 311.
[0188] 図 31は、図 28、図 29、及び図 30に示した上記カートリッジ 400の概念的構造を基 材テープ 401の詳細拡大構造とともに表す説明図である。  FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram showing the conceptual structure of the cartridge 400 shown in FIGS. 28, 29, and 30 together with the detailed enlarged structure of the base tape 401.
[0189] この図 31において、基材テープ 401はこの例では 4層構造となっており(図 31中部 分拡大図参照)、内側に巻かれる側(図 31中左側)よりその反対側(図 31中右側)へ 向かって、適宜の粘着材からなる粘着層(粘着処理面) 401a、 PET (ポリエチレンテ レフタラート)等力も成る色付きのベースフィルム 401b、適宜の粘着材からなる粘着 層 401c、剥離紙 (剥離材) 40 Idの順序で積層され構成されて 、る。 [0189] In FIG. 31, the base tape 401 has a four-layer structure in this example (the middle part of FIG. 31). From the side wound inside (left side in FIG. 31) to the opposite side (right side in FIG. 31), the adhesive layer (adhesion treated surface) 401a, PET (polyethylene film) made of an appropriate adhesive material The base film 401b is also colored and is laminated in the order of an adhesive layer 401c made of a suitable adhesive material and release paper (release material) 40Id.
[0190] ベースフィルム 40 lbの裏側(図 31中右側)には、情報の送受信を行うアンテナ(タ グ側アンテナ) 151がー体的に設けられており、これに接続するように情報を記憶す る IC回路部 150が形成され、これらによって無線タグ回路素子 Toが構成されている 。ベースフィルム 401bの表側(図 31中左側)には、後に被印字テープ 403を接着す るための上記粘着層 401aが形成され、またベースフィルム 40 lbの裏側(図 31中右 側)には、無線タグ回路素子 Toを内包するように設けた上記粘着層 401cによって上 記剥離紙 401dがベースフィルム 401bに接着されている。なお、この剥離紙 401dは 、最終的にラベル状に完成した無線タグラベル Tが所定の商品等に貼り付けられる 際に、これを剥がすことで粘着層 401cにより当該商品等に接着できるようにしたもの である。 [0190] On the back side of the base film 40 lb (right side in Fig. 31), there is an antenna (tag side antenna) 151 that transmits and receives information, and stores information to connect to it. The IC circuit unit 150 is formed, and the RFID tag circuit element To is constituted by these. On the front side of the base film 401b (left side in FIG. 31), the adhesive layer 401a for adhering the print-receiving tape 403 later is formed, and on the back side of the base film 40 lb (right side in FIG. 31) The release paper 401d is adhered to the base film 401b by the adhesive layer 401c provided so as to enclose the RFID circuit element To. The release paper 401d is one that can be adhered to the product or the like by the adhesive layer 401c when the RFID label T finally completed in a label form is attached to a predetermined product or the like by peeling it off. It is.
[0191] また、ガイドローラ 412は、基材テープ 401が消費されることに伴い第 1ロール 402 力もの基材テープ 401繰り出し位置が変動しても(図 31中 2点鎖線参照)、第 1ロー ル 402から繰り出された基材テープ 401の搬送経路を、アンテナ 314との距離が常 時所定範囲に規制されるように、導くようになって 、る。  [0191] Also, the guide roller 412 has the first roll 402 force as the base tape 401 is consumed, even if the base tape 401 feed position fluctuates (refer to the two-dot chain line in FIG. 31). The conveyance path of the base tape 401 fed out from the roll 402 is guided so that the distance from the antenna 314 is always regulated within a predetermined range.
[0192] 図 32 (a)は、本実施形態の要部である上記第 1ロール 402のリール部材 402aの力 ートリッジ筐体 400Aの取り付け構造を表す側断面図であり、図 32 (b)は図 32 (a)中 P方向から見た下面図である。また図 33はその取り付け構造を表す一部破断分解斜 視図である。  FIG. 32 (a) is a side sectional view showing a mounting structure of the force cartridge housing 400A of the reel member 402a of the first roll 402, which is a main part of the present embodiment, and FIG. FIG. 32 (a) is a bottom view seen from the P direction. FIG. 33 is a partially broken exploded perspective view showing the mounting structure.
[0193] これら図 32 (a)、図 32 (b)、及び図 33において、筐体 400Aの上カバー部 400AU には、リール部材 402aの径方向内側に挿入配置される、ボス部 601 (弾性ボス部材 32 (a), FIG. 32 (b), and FIG. 33, the boss portion 601 (elasticity) is inserted into the upper cover portion 400AU of the casing 400A in the radial direction inside the reel member 402a. Boss member
、切替支持機構)がー体的に設けられている。 , A switching support mechanism) is provided physically.
[0194] ボス部 601は、その周方向複数箇所 (この例では 8箇所)において軸方向に向かつ てスリット 604が切り込むように設けられ、これによつて略円弧舌片状の 4個の狭片部[0194] The boss portion 601 is provided so that slits 604 are cut in the axial direction at a plurality of circumferential locations (eight locations in this example) so that four narrow arc-shaped tongue pieces are formed. One part
601aと 4個の広片部 601bとがそれぞれ形成されており、 この結果ボス部 601全体として (特に狭片部 601aは)径方向に弾性変形可能となつ ている。 601a and four wide pieces 601b are formed respectively. As a result, the boss portion 601 as a whole (particularly the narrow piece portion 601a) can be elastically deformed in the radial direction.
[0195] このボス部 601は、その先端側(図 33及び図 32 (a)中下側)の径方向外側複数箇 所 (この例では 4箇所、詳細には上記狭片部 601aの先端側)に外開き張出形状の突 起部 (係合用凸部、回転止め部) 602を備えている。さらその先端部(図 33及び図 32 (a)中下端部)の径方向外側複数箇所 (この例では 4箇所)には、上記弾性変形を利 用し径方向内側に向力つて駆動操作可能な爪部 (被駆動操作部) 603が備えられて いる。なお、突起部 602及び爪部 603の配置は 3箇所としてもよい。  [0195] This boss portion 601 has a plurality of radially outer portions (four in this example, specifically the tip side of the narrow piece portion 601a) on the tip side (lower side in FIGS. 33 and 32 (a)). ) Is provided with a projecting portion (engaging convex portion, anti-rotation portion) 602 having an outwardly extending shape. In addition, the elastic deformation can be used to drive the radial tip of the tip (Fig. 33 and Fig. 32 (a) middle lower end) at multiple locations (4 locations in this example) using the elastic deformation described above. A claw portion (driven operation portion) 603 is provided. Note that the protrusions 602 and the claw portions 603 may be arranged in three places.
[0196] リール部材 402aは、その径方向内側の周方向複数箇所 (この例では上記ボス部の 4箇所の整数倍の一例である 8箇所)に、上記ボス部 601の突起部 602とそれぞれ係 合可能な溝部 701 (係合用凹部)を備えている。なお溝部 701の配置数は上記のよう に突起部 602を 3箇所とした場合にはその整数倍である 6, 9, 12,…個等としてもよ い。  [0196] The reel member 402a is respectively engaged with the protrusions 602 of the boss 601 at a plurality of circumferentially inner locations (eight in this example, which is an example of an integral multiple of four of the bosses). A groove portion 701 (engagement recess) is provided. The number of grooves 701 may be an integer multiple of 6, 9, 12,..., When the number of protrusions 602 is three as described above.
[0197] 上記のような構造により、カートリッジ 400においては、図 33に示すように、基材テ ープ 401を卷回したリール部材 402aの径方向内側をボス部 601が揷通され、その先 端側の上記爪部 603が上記下カバー部 400ALに設けられた筒部 801内に位置し、 ラベル作成装置 302の上記筐体 309に備えられたカートリッジホルダ部側に臨むこと となる。  With the structure as described above, in the cartridge 400, as shown in FIG. 33, the boss portion 601 is passed through the inside in the radial direction of the reel member 402a around which the base tape 401 is wound, and the tip thereof The claw portion 603 on the end side is located in a cylindrical portion 801 provided in the lower cover portion 400AL and faces the cartridge holder portion side provided in the casing 309 of the label producing apparatus 302.
[0198] 図 34は、上記筐体 309のカートリッジホルダ部のうち上記略円弧状部 9A近傍に位 置する、上記爪部 603に対応した部分の詳細構造を表す要部抽出斜視図である。 図 34において、上記筐体 309の上記カートリッジホルダ部には、上記ボス部 601の 爪部 603が貫入される略テーパ状 (すり鉢状)面 901 (駆動操作部)が設けられて!/、 る。なお 309Lは筐体 309の底面である。図 35は、この略テーパ状面 901に上記爪 部 603が貫入する形で、上記図 33に示したリール部材 402aを含むカートリッジ 400 が取り付けられた状態を概念的に表す斜視図である。  FIG. 34 is an essential part extraction perspective view showing a detailed structure of a portion corresponding to the claw portion 603 located in the vicinity of the substantially arcuate portion 9A in the cartridge holder portion of the housing 309. In FIG. 34, the cartridge holder portion of the casing 309 is provided with a substantially tapered (conical shape) surface 901 (drive operation portion) through which the claw portion 603 of the boss portion 601 is inserted! . Note that 309L is the bottom surface of the housing 309. FIG. 35 is a perspective view conceptually showing a state in which the cartridge 400 including the reel member 402a shown in FIG. 33 is attached such that the claw portion 603 penetrates into the substantially tapered surface 901.
[0199] 図 36 (a)及び (b)は、以上のように構成したカートリッジ 400を筐体 309のカートリツ ジホルダ部に取り付けるときの取り付け挙動を表す説明図である。  FIGS. 36 (a) and 36 (b) are explanatory views showing the attachment behavior when the cartridge 400 configured as described above is attached to the cartridge holder portion of the housing 309. FIG.
[0200] 図 36 (a)は、カートリッジ 400が筐体 309のカートリッジホルダ部に取り付けられて いない状態を表している。この状態では、ボス部 601は後述のように径方向内側に変 形しない通常の状態 (非変形状態)にあり、ボス部 601のすベての突起部 602がリー ル部材 402aの径方向内側にある対応する溝部 701にそれぞれ係合しており、この 結果リール部材 402aは回転不能にされている。 FIG. 36 (a) shows that the cartridge 400 is attached to the cartridge holder of the housing 309. It represents a state that is not. In this state, the boss portion 601 is in a normal state (non-deformed state) that does not deform radially inward as will be described later, and all the protruding portions 602 of the boss portion 601 are radially inward of the reel member 402a. The reel member 402a is made non-rotatable as a result.
[0201] この状態から、図 36 (b)に示すように、カートリッジ 400が筐体 309のカートリッジホ ルダ部に取り付けられると、上記ボス部 601の爪部 603が略テーパ状面 901に貫入 されるに従い略テーパ状面 901が爪部 603を径方向内側へと誘導しつつ駆動操作 し、これによつてボス部 601全体を径方向内側に弾性変形させるようになつている。こ の結果、上記したボス部 601の突起部 602とリール部材 402aの溝部 701との係合を 解放し、リール部材 402aを回転可能とする。  [0201] From this state, as shown in FIG. 36 (b), when the cartridge 400 is attached to the cartridge holder portion of the housing 309, the claw portion 603 of the boss portion 601 is inserted into the substantially tapered surface 901. Accordingly, the substantially tapered surface 901 drives the claw portion 603 while guiding the claw portion 603 radially inward, whereby the entire boss portion 601 is elastically deformed radially inward. As a result, the engagement between the projection 602 of the boss 601 and the groove 701 of the reel member 402a is released, and the reel member 402a can be rotated.
[0202] その後カートリッジ 400をカートリッジホルダ部より取り外すと、上記ボス部 601の弹 性力でボス部 601は図 36 (a)の状態に復元し、再びリール部材 402aは回転不能と なる。  Thereafter, when the cartridge 400 is removed from the cartridge holder portion, the boss portion 601 is restored to the state shown in FIG. 36 (a) by the elastic force of the boss portion 601, and the reel member 402a becomes non-rotatable again.
[0203] 本実施形態では、このようにボス部 601の径方向内側への弾性変形性を利用し、 カートリッジ 400をカートリッジホルダ部に取り付けた場合にはボス部 601を径方向内 側に変形させてリール部材 402aを回転可能とする一方、カートリッジホルダ部から取 り外した場合には上記変形力 復帰させてリール部材 402aを回転不能に切り替える ようになっている。  [0203] In this embodiment, the elastic deformation property of the boss portion 601 to the inner side in the radial direction is used as described above, and when the cartridge 400 is attached to the cartridge holder portion, the boss portion 601 is deformed inward in the radial direction. Thus, the reel member 402a can be rotated, but when the reel member 402a is removed from the cartridge holder portion, the deforming force is restored to switch the reel member 402a to be non-rotatable.
[0204] 図 37 (a)及び図 37 (b)は、上述のようにして無線タグ回路素子 Toの情報書き込み  [0204] FIG. 37 (a) and FIG. 37 (b) show information writing to the RFID circuit element To as described above.
(又は読み取り)及び印字済タグラベル用テープ 410の切断が完了し形成された無 線タグラベル Tの外観の一例を表す図であり、図 37 (a)は上面図、図 37 (b)は下面 図である。また図 38は、図 37中 XXXVIII— XXXVIII' 断面による横断面図である。  FIG. 37 is a diagram showing an example of the appearance of a radio tag label T formed by cutting (or reading) and printed tag label tape 410, FIG. 37 (a) is a top view, and FIG. 37 (b) is a bottom view. It is. FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view taken along the section XXXVIII-XXXVIII ′ in FIG.
[0205] これら図 37 (a)、図 37 (b)、及び図 38において、無線タグラベル Tは、図 31に示し た 4層構造に被印字テープ 403が加わった 5層構造となっており、被印字テープ 403 側(図 38中上側)よりその反対側(図 38中下側)へ向力つて、被印字テープ 403、粘 着層 401a、ベースフィルム 401b、粘着層 401c、剥離紙 401dで 5層を構成している 。そして、前述のようにベースフィルム 401bの裏側に設けられたアンテナ 151を含む 無線タグ回路素子 Toが粘着層 401c内に備えられるとともに、被印字テープ 403の 裏面に印字 R (この例では無線タグラベル Tの種類を示す「RF— ID」の文字)が印刷 されている。 [0205] In Fig. 37 (a), Fig. 37 (b), and Fig. 38, the RFID label T has a five-layer structure in which the print-receiving tape 403 is added to the four-layer structure shown in Fig. 31. The printing tape 403, adhesive layer 401a, base film 401b, adhesive layer 401c, release paper 401d 5 from the printed tape 403 side (upper side in Fig. 38) to the opposite side (lower side in Fig. 38) Make up layer. As described above, the RFID circuit element To including the antenna 151 provided on the back side of the base film 401b is provided in the adhesive layer 401c, and the printed tape 403 Printing R (in this example, “RF ID” indicating the type of RFID label T) is printed on the back.
[0206] 図 39は、上述したようなラベル作成装置 302による無線タグ回路素子 Toの IC回路 部 150の無線タグ情報へのアクセス (書き込み又は読み取り)に際して、上記した端末 305又は汎用コンピュータ 306に表示される画面の一例を表す図である。  [0206] FIG. 39 is displayed on the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306 when accessing (writing or reading) the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID circuit element To by the label producing device 302 as described above. It is a figure showing an example of the screen performed.
[0207] 図 39において、この例では、タグラベル種別、無線タグ回路素子 Toに対応して印 刷された印字文字 R、その無線タグ回路素子 Toに固有の IDであるアクセス(書き込 み又は読み取り) ID、上記情報サーバ 307に記憶された物品情報のアドレス、及び 上記ルートサーバ 304におけるそれらの対応情報の格納先アドレス等が前記端末 3 05又は汎用コンピュータ 306に表示可能となっている。そして、その端末 305又は汎 用コンピュータ 306の操作によりラベル作成装置 302が作動されて、被印字テープ 4 03に上記印字文字 Rが印刷されると共に、 IC回路部 150に上記書き込み ID及び物 品情報等の情報が書き込まれる(又は IC回路部 150に予め記憶された物品情報等 の無線タグ情報が読みとられる)。なお、この場合の無線タグ情報の「書き込み '読み 取り」とは、広くいわゆるデータの書き込み '読み取りのみならず、「Kill」及び「Sleep」 コマンドに基づく信号のような応答を休止させる信号の送信も含む。  In FIG. 39, in this example, in this example, the tag label type, the printed character R printed in correspondence with the RFID circuit element To, and the access (write or read) that is a unique ID for the RFID circuit element To. The ID, the address of the article information stored in the information server 307, the storage address of the corresponding information in the route server 304, and the like can be displayed on the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306. Then, by operating the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306, the label producing device 302 is activated, and the print character R is printed on the print-receiving tape 4003, and the write ID and product information are printed on the IC circuit unit 150. (Or the wireless tag information such as article information stored in advance in the IC circuit unit 150 is read). In this case, “writing” and “reading” of RFID tag information are not only broadly called “data writing” and “reading” but also transmission of a signal that pauses a response such as a signal based on the “Kill” and “Sleep” commands. Including.
[0208] 上記のような書き込み (又は読み取り)の際、生成された無線タグラベル Tの IDとそ の無線タグラベル Tの IC回路部 150から読みとられた情報 (又は IC回路部 150に書 き込まれた情報)との対応関係は、前述のルートサーバ 304に記憶され、必要に応じ て参照できるようになって 、る。  [0208] At the time of writing (or reading) as described above, the ID of the generated RFID label T and the information read from the IC circuit unit 150 of the RFID label T (or writing to the IC circuit unit 150) Stored in the route server 304, and can be referred to as necessary.
[0209] 図 40は、上述した無線タグラベル Tの作成、すなわち、被印字テープ 403を搬送し 印字ヘッド 310で所定の印字を行いつつ基材テープ 401を搬送し無線タグ情報の書 き込みを行 、、それら被印字テープ 403及び基材テープ 401を貼り合わせて印字済 タグラベル用テープ 410とした後、印字済タグラベル用テープ 410を無線タグ回路素 子 Toごとに切断し無線タグラベル Tとする際に、制御回路 330によって実行される制 御手順を表すフローチャートである。  [0209] Fig. 40 shows the creation of the RFID label T described above, that is, the substrate tape 401 is conveyed and the RFID tag information is written while the printing tape 310 is conveyed and the printing head 310 performs predetermined printing. Then, after the printed tape 403 and the base tape 401 are bonded to form a printed tag label tape 410, the printed tag label tape 410 is cut for each RFID circuit element To to form a RFID label T. 4 is a flowchart showing a control procedure executed by the control circuit 330.
[0210] この図 40において、例えば上記端末 305又は汎用コンピュータ 306を介しラベル 作成装置 302の書き込み操作が行われるとこのフローが開始される。まずステップ S 405において、上記端末 305又は汎用コンピュータ 306を介して入力操作された、無 線タグ回路素子 Toへと書き込むべき無線タグ情報、及びこの無線タグ情報に対応し て印字ヘッド 310により無線タグラベル Tへ印字すべき印字情報力 通信回線 303 及び入出力インターフェイス 331を介し読み込まれる。 In FIG. 40, for example, when the writing operation of the label producing apparatus 302 is performed via the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306, this flow is started. First step S In 405, the RFID tag information to be written to the wireless tag circuit element To that is input via the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306, and the RFID tag label T is printed by the print head 310 corresponding to the RFID tag information. Print information power to be read through the communication line 303 and the input / output interface 331.
[0211] その後、ステップ S410において、無線タグ回路素子 To力もの応答がない場合にリ トライ (再試行)を行う回数をカウントする変数 M, N、及び通信良好か不良かを表す フラグ Fを 0に初期化する。  [0211] After that, in step S410, when there is no response to the RFID circuit element To, variables M and N for counting the number of retries (retry) and flag F indicating whether communication is good or bad are set to 0. Initialize to.
[0212] そして、ステップ S415において、カートリッジ駆動回路 324に制御信号を出力し、 カートリッジ用モータ 323の駆動力によってリボン卷取りローラ 406及び圧着ローラ 4 07を回転駆動させる。これにより、第 1ロール 402から基材テープ 401が繰り出され 圧着ローラ 407へ供給され、第 2ロール 404からは被印字テープ 403が繰り出される 。この結果、前述したように、基材テープ 401と被印字テープ 403とが上記圧着ロー ラ 407に (及びサブローラ 409により)接着されて一体ィ匕され、印字済タグラベル用テ ープ 410としてカートリッジ体 400外方向へと搬送される。  In step S415, a control signal is output to the cartridge driving circuit 324, and the ribbon scooping roller 406 and the pressure roller 4007 are driven to rotate by the driving force of the cartridge motor 323. As a result, the base tape 401 is fed out from the first roll 402 and supplied to the pressure roller 407, and the print-receiving tape 403 is fed out from the second roll 404. As a result, as described above, the base tape 401 and the print-receiving tape 403 are bonded and integrally bonded to the above-described pressure-bonding roller 407 (and by the sub-roller 409), and the cartridge body as the tape label for printed label 410 is obtained. 400 is transported outward.
[0213] その後、ステップ S420〖こ移り、基材テープ 401及び被印字テープ 403が所定値 C  [0213] Thereafter, step S420 is moved, and the base tape 401 and the print-receiving tape 403 are set to a predetermined value C.
(例えば、先行する無線タグ回路素子 To及びこれに対応する被印字テープ 403印字 領域に対する無線タグ情報書き込み及び印刷が終了し、次の無線タグ回路素子 To がアンテナ 314にほぼ対向する位置に到達するだけの搬送距離)だけ搬送されたか どうかを判断する。このときの搬送距離判定は、上記基材テープ 401に設けた適宜の 識別用マークをテープセンサ(図示せず)で検出することにより行なわれる。判定が満 たされたら、ステップ S500〖こ移る。  (For example, writing and printing of RFID tag information to the preceding RFID circuit element To and the corresponding print-receiving tape 403 printing area is completed, and the next RFID circuit element To arrives at a position almost opposite to the antenna 314. It is determined whether it has been transported by a distance of (only transport distance). The conveyance distance at this time is determined by detecting an appropriate identification mark provided on the base tape 401 with a tape sensor (not shown). When the judgment is satisfied, go to step S500.
[0214] ステップ S500ではタグ情報書き込み '印字処理を行い、書き込むためのメモリ初期 化 (消去)を行った後、無線タグ情報を含む送信信号を基材テープ 401上の無線タ グ回路素子 Toに送信して書き込みを行うとともに、印字ヘッド 310により印字テープ 4 03の対応する領域に印字 Rの印刷を行う(詳細は後述の図 41参照)。このステップ S 500が終了したらステップ S425に移る。  [0214] In step S500, after writing tag information 'printing process and initializing (erasing) the memory for writing, the transmission signal including the RFID tag information is sent to the RFID tag circuit element To on the base tape 401. The data is transmitted and written, and the print head 310 prints the print R on the corresponding area of the print tape 4003 (see FIG. 41 for details). When step S500 is completed, the process proceeds to step S425.
[0215] ステップ S425では、フラグ F=0であるかどうかが判定される。書き込み処理が正常 に完了して ヽれば F=0のまま(後述の図 41に示すフローのステップ S685参照)で あるので、この判定が満たされ、ステップ S430に移る。 [0215] In step S425, it is determined whether or not the flag F = 0. If the writing process is completed normally, keep F = 0 (see step S685 in the flow shown in Fig. 41). If so, this determination is satisfied, and the routine goes to Step S430.
[0216] ステップ S430では、上記ステップ S500で無線タグ回路素子 Toへ書き込まれた情 報と、これに対応して既に印字ヘッド 310により印字された印字情報との組み合わせ 力 入出力インターフェイス 331及び通信回線 303を介し端末 305又は汎用コンビュ ータ 306を介して出力され、情報サーバ 307やルートサーバ 304に記憶される。なお 、この記憶データは必要に応じて端末 305又は汎用コンピュータ 306より参照可能に 例えばデータベース内に格納保持される。  [0216] In step S430, the combination of the information written in the RFID circuit element To in step S500 and the print information already printed by the print head 310 corresponding to this information I / O interface 331 and communication line The data is output via the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306 via the 303 and stored in the information server 307 or the route server 304. The stored data is stored and held in, for example, a database so that it can be referred to from the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306 as necessary.
[0217] その後、ステップ S435で、被印字テープ 403のうちこの時点で処理対象としている 無線タグ回路素子 Toに対応する領域への印字がすべて完了していることを確認した 後、ステップ S440へ移る。  [0217] After that, in step S435, after confirming that all the printing in the area corresponding to the RFID tag circuit element To that is the processing target at this point in the tape to be printed 403 is completed, the process proceeds to step S440. .
[0218] なお、先に述べたステップ S425において、何らかの理由で書き込み処理が正常に 完了して!/ヽな 、場合は F = 1とされて!/、る(後述の図 41に示すフローのステップ S68 5参照)ので S425の判定が満たされず、ステップ S437に移り、印刷駆動回路 325に 制御信号を出力して印字ヘッド 310を通電を中止し印字を停止させる。このように印 字中途停止によって当該無線タグ回路素子 Toが正常品でないことを明らかに表示 する。なお、印字中途停止でなぐその旨の警報'注意喚起等の特別の態様の印字 を行うようにしてもよい。  [0218] In step S425 described above, if the write process is normally completed for some reason! / ヽ, F = 1 is set! / (In the flow shown in FIG. 41 described later). Since the determination in S425 is not satisfied, the process proceeds to step S437, and a control signal is output to the print drive circuit 325 to stop energization of the print head 310 and stop printing. In this way, it is clearly displayed that the RFID circuit element To is not a normal product by stopping printing halfway. It is also possible to perform printing in a special mode such as an alarm “notice” indicating that the printing has stopped halfway.
[0219] このステップ S437が終了した後、ステップ S440へ移る。  [0219] After step S437 ends, the process moves to step S440.
[0220] ステップ S440では、印字済タグラベル用テープ 410がさらに所定量 (例えば、対象 とする無線タグ回路素子 To及びこれに対応する被印字テープ 403の印字領域のす ベてがカツタ 315を所定の長さ (余白量)分越えるだけの搬送距離)だけ搬送されたか どうかを判断する。このときの搬送距離判定も、前述のステップ S420と同様、例えば マーキングをテープセンサで検出することにより行えば足りる。判定が満たされたら、 ステップ S445に移る。  [0220] In step S440, the printed tag label tape 410 further has a predetermined amount (for example, all of the target RFID tag circuit element To and the print area of the print-receiving tape 403 corresponding thereto have the cutter 315 set to a predetermined amount. Judge whether it has been transported by a distance (conveyance distance that exceeds the length (margin amount)). Similar to step S420 described above, the conveyance distance at this time may be determined, for example, by detecting the marking with a tape sensor. If the determination is satisfied, the process moves to step S445.
[0221] ステップ S445では、カートリッジ駆動回路 324に制御信号を出力し、カートリッジ用 モータ 323の駆動を停止して、リボン卷取りローラ 406、圧着ローラ 407の回転を停 止する。これにより、第 1ロール 402からの基材テープ 401の繰り出し及び第 2ロール 404からの被印字テープ 403の繰り出しによる印字済タグラベル用テープ 410の搬 送が停止する。 In step S445, a control signal is output to the cartridge drive circuit 324, the drive of the cartridge motor 323 is stopped, and the rotation of the ribbon scoop roller 406 and the pressure roller 407 is stopped. As a result, the printed tag label tape 410 is transported by feeding the base tape 401 from the first roll 402 and feeding the print-receiving tape 403 from the second roll 404. The transmission stops.
[0222] その後、ステップ S450でソレノイド駆動回路 327に制御信号を出力してソレノイド 3 26を駆動し、カツタ 315によって印字済タグラベル用テープ 410の切断を行う。前述 したように、この時点で、例えば処理対象の無線タグ回路素子 To及びこれに対応す る被印字テープ 403の印字領域が貼り合わせられた印字済タグラベル用テープ 410 のすべてがカツタ 315を十分に越えており、このカツタ 315の切断によって、無線タグ 回路素子 Toに無線タグ情報が書き込まれかっこれに対応する所定の印字が行われ たラベル状の無線タグラベル Tが生成される。このように上記ステップ S450でラベル 状に生成された無線タグラベル Tは、搬出口 316から装置 302外へと排出される。  [0222] Thereafter, in step S450, a control signal is output to the solenoid drive circuit 327 to drive the solenoid 326, and the tag label tape 410 with print is cut by the cutter 315. As described above, at this time, for example, the RFID tag circuit element To to be processed and the print tag label tape 410 to which the print area of the print target tape 403 corresponding to the RFID tag circuit element To are combined have sufficiently separated the cutter 315. When the cutter 315 is cut, the RFID tag information T is written in the RFID tag circuit element To, and the RFID label T in the form of a label corresponding to the predetermined printing is generated. Thus, the RFID label T generated in the form of a label in step S450 is discharged out of the apparatus 302 from the carry-out port 316.
[0223] 図 41は、上述のステップ S500の詳細手順を表すフローチャートである。  FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of step S500 described above.
[0224] この図 41において、まず、ステップ S600において、印刷駆動回路 325に制御信号 を出力し、印字ヘッド 310を通電して、被印字テープ 403のうち処理対象となる無線 タグ回路素子 Toに対応する領域 (圧着ローラ 407により当該無線タグ回路素子 Toの 裏面に貼り合わせることとなる領域)に、前述の図 40のステップ S705で読み込んだ 文字、記号、バーコード等の印字 Rを印刷させる。  In FIG. 41, first, in step S600, a control signal is output to the print drive circuit 325, the print head 310 is energized, and the RFID tag circuit element To to be processed of the tape to be printed 403 is supported. The printing R of characters, symbols, barcodes, etc. read in step S705 of FIG. 40 is printed on the area to be bonded (area to be bonded to the back surface of the RFID circuit element To by the pressure roller 407).
[0225] そして、ステップ S610において、公知の適宜の手法で書き込み対象の無線タグ回 路素子 Toに割り当てる識別番号 IDを設定する。  [0225] Then, in step S610, an identification number ID assigned to the RFID circuit element To to be written is set by a known appropriate method.
[0226] その後、ステップ S620において、無線タグ回路素子 Toの上記メモリ部 155 (前述 の図 34参照)に記憶された情報を初期化する「EraSe」コマンドを信号処理回路 202 に出力する。これに基づき信号処理回路 202でアクセス情報としての「Erase」信号が 生成されて高周波回路 201を介して書き込み対象の無線タグ回路素子 Toに送信さ れ、そのメモリ部 155を初期化する。 Thereafter, in step S 620, an “Era Se ” command for initializing information stored in the memory unit 155 (see FIG. 34 described above) of the RFID circuit element To is output to the signal processing circuit 202. Based on this, an “Erase” signal as access information is generated in the signal processing circuit 202 and transmitted to the RFID circuit element To to be written through the high frequency circuit 201 to initialize the memory unit 155.
[0227] 次に、ステップ S630において、メモリ部 155の内容を確認する「Verify」コマンドを 信号処理回路 202に出力する。これに基づき信号処理回路 202でアクセス情報とし ての「Verify」信号が生成されて高周波回路 201を介して情報書き込み対象の無線タ グ回路素子 Toに送信され、返信を促す。その後ステップ S640において、上記「Verif y」信号に対応して書き込み対象の無線タグ回路素子 To力 送信されたリプライ信号 をアンテナ 314を介して受信し、高周波回路 201及び信号処理回路 202を介し取り 込む。 Next, in step S 630, a “Verify” command for checking the contents of the memory unit 155 is output to the signal processing circuit 202. Based on this, a “Verify” signal as access information is generated in the signal processing circuit 202 and transmitted to the wireless tag circuit element To as an information write target via the high frequency circuit 201 to prompt a reply. Thereafter, in step S640, the reply signal transmitted to the RFID circuit element To force to be written corresponding to the “Verif y” signal is received via the antenna 314, and is received via the high-frequency circuit 201 and the signal processing circuit 202. Include.
[0228] 次に、ステップ S650において、リプライ信号に基づき、当該無線タグ回路素子 To のメモリ部 155内の情報を確認し、メモリ部 155が正常に初期化されたか否かを判定 する。  Next, in step S650, based on the reply signal, information in the memory unit 155 of the RFID circuit element To is checked to determine whether or not the memory unit 155 has been normally initialized.
[0229] 判定が満たされない場合はステップ S660に移って Mに 1をカ卩え、さらにステップ S6 70において M = 5かどうかが判定される。 M≤ 4の場合は判定が満たされずステップ S620に戻り同様の手順を繰り返す。 M = 5の場合はステップ S680に移り、エラー表 示信号を入出力インターフェイス 331及び通信回線 303を介し上記端末 305又は汎 用コンピュータ 306へ出力し、対応する書き込み失敗 (エラー)表示を行わせ、このフ ローを終了する。このようにして初期化が不調でも 5回までは再試行が行われる。な お、第 1ロール 402に卷回した基材テープ 401が全部消費されてなくなった場合も、 無線タグ回路素子 Toの不存在によって上記 S640におけるリプライ信号が受信され ないから、ステップ S650の判定が満たされず、ステップ S680にて上記の表示が行 われる。  [0229] If the determination is not satisfied, the process moves to step S660, 1 is added to M, and it is further determined in step S670 whether M = 5. If M≤4, the determination is not satisfied and the procedure returns to step S620 and the same procedure is repeated. If M = 5, the process moves to step S680, and an error display signal is output to the terminal 305 or general-purpose computer 306 via the input / output interface 331 and the communication line 303, and the corresponding write failure (error) is displayed. End this flow. In this way, even if initialization is unsuccessful, retry is performed up to 5 times. Even when the base tape 401 wound around the first roll 402 is completely consumed, the reply signal in the above S640 is not received due to the absence of the RFID circuit element To. Not satisfied, the above display is made in step S680.
[0230] ステップ S650の判定が満たされた場合、ステップ S690に移り、所望のデータをメ モリ部 155に書き込む「Program」コマンドを信号処理回路 202に出力する。これに基 づき信号処理回路 202で書き込みた 、ro情報を含むアクセス情報としての「Program 」信号が生成されて高周波回路 201を介して情報書き込み対象の無線タグ回路素子 Toに送信され、そのメモリ部 155に情報が書き込まれる。  If the determination in step S650 is satisfied, the process moves to step S690, and a “Program” command for writing the desired data in the memory unit 155 is output to the signal processing circuit 202. Based on this, a “Program” signal as access information including ro information written by the signal processing circuit 202 is generated and transmitted to the RFID circuit element To as an information write target via the high-frequency circuit 201, and the memory unit Information is written to 155.
[0231] その後、ステップ S700において、「Verify」コマンドを信号処理回路 202に出力する 。これに基づき信号処理回路 202でアクセス情報としての「Verify」信号が生成されて 高周波回路 201を介して情報書き込み対象の無線タグ回路素子 Toに送信され、返 信を促す。その後ステップ S710において、上記「Verify」信号に対応して書き込み対 象の無線タグ回路素子 To力も送信されたリプライ信号をアンテナ 314を介して受信し 、高周波回路 201及び信号処理回路 202を介し取り込む。  Thereafter, in step S700, a “Verify” command is output to the signal processing circuit 202. Based on this, a “Verify” signal as access information is generated in the signal processing circuit 202 and transmitted to the RFID circuit element To as an information write target via the high-frequency circuit 201 to prompt a reply. Thereafter, in step S710, the reply signal to which the RFID tag circuit element To force to be written corresponding to the “Verify” signal is also transmitted is received via the antenna 314, and taken in via the high frequency circuit 201 and the signal processing circuit 202.
[0232] 次に、ステップ S720において、リプライ信号に基づき、当該無線タグ回路素子 To のメモリ部 155内に記憶された情報を確認し、前述の送信した所定の情報力^モリ部 155に正常に記憶された力否かを判定する。 [0233] 判定が満たされない場合はステップ S730に移って Nに 1をカ卩え、さらにステップ S7 40において N = 5かどうかが判定される。 N≤ 4の場合は判定が満たされずステップ S690に戻り同様の手順を繰り返す。 N = 5の場合は前述したステップ S680に移り、 同様に上記端末 305又は汎用コンピュータ 306に対応する書き込み失敗 (エラー)表 示を行わせ、ステップ S685で前述のフラグ F= lにして、このフローを終了する。この ようにして情報書き込みが不調でも 5回までは再試行が行われる。 [0232] Next, in step S720, based on the reply signal, the information stored in the memory unit 155 of the RFID circuit element To is confirmed, and the predetermined information power transmitted to the memory unit 155 is normally transmitted to the above-described information unit 155. It is determined whether or not the power is stored. If the determination is not satisfied, the process moves to step S730, 1 is added to N, and it is further determined in step S740 whether N = 5. If N≤4, the judgment is not satisfied and the procedure returns to step S690 and the same procedure is repeated. If N = 5, the process proceeds to the above-described step S680, and similarly, a write failure (error) display corresponding to the terminal 305 or the general-purpose computer 306 is performed. In step S685, the above-described flag F = l is set, and this flow is performed. Exit. In this way, even if information writing is unsuccessful, retry is performed up to five times.
[0234] ステップ S720の判定が満たされた場合、ステップ S750に移り、「Lock」コマンドを 信号処理回路 202に出力する。これに基づき信号処理回路 202で「Lock」信号が生 成されて高周波回路 201を介して情報書き込み対象の無線タグ回路素子 Toに送信 され、当該無線タグ回路素子 Toへの新たな情報の書き込みが禁止される。これによ り、書き込み対象とする無線タグ回路素子 Toへの無線タグ情報の書き込みが完了し 、前述のようにして無線タグ回路素子 Toが排出され、このフローを終了する。  If the determination in step S720 is satisfied, the process moves to step S750, and a “Lock” command is output to the signal processing circuit 202. Based on this, a “Lock” signal is generated in the signal processing circuit 202 and transmitted to the RFID circuit element To as the information writing target via the high-frequency circuit 201, and new information is written to the RFID circuit element To. It is forbidden. As a result, the writing of the RFID tag information to the RFID circuit element To that is to be written is completed, the RFID circuit element To is discharged as described above, and this flow is finished.
[0235] 以上のルーチンにより、カートリッジ 400内において、基材テープ 401上の書き込み 対象の無線タグ回路素子 Toに対して対応する無線タグ情報を書き込むとともに、被 印字テープ 403上の対応する領域に対し上記無線タグ情報に対応した印字 Rを印 Jすることがでさる。  [0235] By the above routine, the corresponding RFID tag information is written to the RFID tag circuit element To to be written on the base tape 401 in the cartridge 400, and the corresponding area on the tape to be printed 403 is written. Printing R corresponding to the above RFID tag information can be done.
[0236] 以上のように構成した本実施形態のラベル作成装置 302においては、筐体 309の カートリッジホルダ部に装着されたカートリッジ 400の第 2ロール 404から繰り出された 被印字テープ 403と、第 1ロール 402から繰り出された基材テープ 401と力 圧着口 ーラ 407で互いに貼り合わされて印字済タグラベル用テープ 410となり、このタグラベ ル用テープ 410を用いて無線タグラベル Tが生成される。  In the label producing apparatus 302 of the present embodiment configured as described above, the print-receiving tape 403 fed out from the second roll 404 of the cartridge 400 attached to the cartridge holder portion of the housing 309, and the first The base tape 401 fed out from the roll 402 and the force crimping roller 407 are attached to each other to form a tag label tape 410 with print, and the RFID label T is generated using the tag label tape 410.
[0237] このとき、本実施形態においては、基材テープ 401を卷回したリール部材 402aを 上述したようにボス部 601の弾性変形を利用して回転可能又は不能に切り替える。こ れにより、カートリッジ 400を装置 302側から取り外した場合であっても、基材テープ 4 01のテープ弛みの発生を防止することができる。すなわち詳細には、カートリッジ 40 0をカートリッジホルダ部に装着した無線タグラベル T作成時にはリール部材 402aを 回転可能にしてリール部材 402aから基材テープ 401を繰り出し可能とし、それ以外 の場合 (カートリッジ 400をカートリッジホルダ部から取り外したとき)にはリール部材 4 02aを回転不能として、操作者や振動による不用意な基材テープ 401あるいは印字 済みタグラベル用テープ 410の引き出しを未然に防止することができる。そしてこの 際、基材テープ 401を収納したカートリッジ 400の筐体 309に一体的に設けられたボ ス部 601によって上記基材テープ 401の回り止めを行うことにより、従来構造と異なり 、カートリッジ 400に別部材を新たに追加することなく上記テープ回り止め機能を実 現できるので、コスト低減及び省スペース化を図れる。 [0237] At this time, in this embodiment, the reel member 402a wound with the base tape 401 is switched to be rotatable or impossible using the elastic deformation of the boss portion 601 as described above. Thereby, even when the cartridge 400 is removed from the apparatus 302 side, it is possible to prevent the base tape 401 from being loosened. That is, in detail, when the RFID label T with the cartridge 400 mounted on the cartridge holder T is produced, the reel member 402a can be rotated so that the base tape 401 can be fed out from the reel member 402a. When removed from the holder)) By making 02a unrotatable, it is possible to prevent inadvertent withdrawal of the base tape 401 or the tag label tape 410 with print due to an operator or vibration. At this time, unlike the conventional structure, the cartridge 400 is fixed to the cartridge 400 by preventing the rotation of the base tape 401 by the boss portion 601 provided integrally with the housing 309 of the cartridge 400 containing the base tape 401. Since the tape detent function can be realized without adding another member, cost reduction and space saving can be achieved.
[0238] また以下のような意義もある。すなわち、基材テープ 401を卷回するリール部材 40 2aとは別に、回り止め用の新たな部材をカートリッジ 400内に追加した場合、その新 たな部材により無線タグ回路素子 Toにアクセスする際の電磁界の条件が変化してし まい、安定してアクセスできなくなる怖れがある。本実施形態では上記のようにボス部 601の弾性変形を利用して回り止めを行うので、新たな部材をカートリッジ 400内に 追加する必要がない。この結果、通信安定性を確保することができる。  [0238] There are also the following significances. That is, when a new member for preventing rotation is added to the cartridge 400 separately from the reel member 402a that winds the base tape 401, the new member is used to access the RFID circuit element To. The electromagnetic field conditions may change, and there is a fear that stable access will not be possible. In the present embodiment, as described above, the rotation is stopped using the elastic deformation of the boss portion 601, so that it is not necessary to add a new member to the cartridge 400. As a result, communication stability can be ensured.
[0239] さらに本実施形態では特に、次の効果もある。すなわち、無線タグ回路素子 Toを所 定ピッチで配置した基材テープ 401の場合、上記したように、当該所定ピッチで配置 された無線タグ回路素子 Toを位置決めして無線タグ回路素子 Toに対し情報の書き 込み (又は読み取り)を行って無線タグラベル Tを作成する。このため、操作者や振動 による不用意なテープの引き出しを未然に防止することで、識別用マークの誤検出を 防止し、ひいては上記無線タグ回路素子 Toの位置決め狂いや誤検出による無線タ グ回路素子 Toの無駄使 、等を防止し、無線タグラベル T作成の信頼性を向上するこ とがでさる。  [0239] Furthermore, the present embodiment has the following effects in particular. That is, in the case of the base tape 401 in which the RFID circuit elements To are arranged at a predetermined pitch, as described above, the RFID circuit elements To arranged at the predetermined pitch are positioned and information is transmitted to the RFID circuit elements To. Write (or read) to create the RFID label T. For this reason, erroneous detection of the identification mark is prevented by preventing the operator and inadvertent pulling of the tape due to vibrations, and consequently, the wireless tag circuit due to misalignment or erroneous detection of the RFID circuit element To. This prevents unnecessary use of the element To, and improves the reliability of RFID label T creation.
[0240] また本実施形態では特に、リール部材 402aの溝部 701を、ボス部 601の突起部 6 02の数の整数倍だけ設けることにより、非係合状態においては周方向に相対回転可 能なそれら溝部 701及び突起部 602の係合機会を増大させ、円滑かつ迅速な係合 動作を実現することができる。  [0240] In the present embodiment, in particular, the groove 701 of the reel member 402a is provided by an integral multiple of the number of the protrusions 602 of the boss 601 so that it can be relatively rotated in the circumferential direction in the disengaged state. Engagement opportunities of the groove 701 and the protrusion 602 are increased, and a smooth and quick engagement operation can be realized.
[0241] このとき特に、制御回路 330が、カートリッジ駆動回路 324及びカートリッジ用モー タ 323を介し、駆動時における基材テープ 401の位置決め精度力 上記リール部材 402aの溝部 701と上記ボス部 601の突起部 602との係合時の余裕寸法 (ガタ)より 大きくなるように圧着ローラ駆動軸 312を駆動制御するようにすれば、リール部材 40 2aを回転不能 (ロック)状態としさらにその後回転可能状態に復帰させた場合に位置 ずれが発生したとしても、圧着ローラ駆動軸 312を駆動してラベル作成を開始したと きの位置決めに影響を与えな 、ようにすることができる。 [0241] At this time, in particular, the control circuit 330 uses the cartridge drive circuit 324 and the cartridge motor 323 to determine the positioning accuracy of the base tape 401 during driving. The groove 701 of the reel member 402a and the protrusion of the boss 601 If the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is driven and controlled to be larger than the margin (gap) when engaged with the portion 602, the reel member 40 Even if a position shift occurs when 2a is set to the non-rotatable (locked) state and then returned to the rotatable state, it affects the positioning when the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is driven to start label production. You can do that.
[0242] なお、本発明は、上記実施形態に限られるものではなぐその趣旨及び技術的思 想を逸脱しない範囲内で種々の変形が可能である。以下、そのような変形例を順を 追って説明する。 [0242] It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and technical idea of the present invention. Hereinafter, such modifications will be described step by step.
[0243] (2- 1)リール回転止め構造のバリエーション(その 1) [0243] (2-1) Variation of reel rotation stop structure (part 1)
上記実施形態では、ボス部 601の狭片部 601aに設けた回転止め部としての突起 部 602とリール部材 402aに設けた溝部 701とを係合させてリール部材 402aの回転 止め機能を実現したが、これに限られず他の構造でもよい。  In the above embodiment, the protrusion 602 serving as the rotation stop provided on the narrow piece 601a of the boss 601 is engaged with the groove 701 provided on the reel member 402a to realize the rotation stop function of the reel member 402a. However, the structure is not limited to this, and other structures may be used.
[0244] 図 42 (a)は、そのような変形例の第 1ロール 402のリール部材 402aのカートリッジ 筐体 400Aの取り付け構造を表す側断面図、図 42 (b)は図 42 (a)中 Q方向から見た 下面図であり、それぞれ上記実施形態の図 32 (a)及び図 32 (b)に対応する図である FIG. 42 (a) is a side sectional view showing the mounting structure of the cartridge housing 400A of the reel member 402a of the first roll 402 of such a modification, and FIG. 42 (b) is a view in FIG. 42 (a). It is a bottom view as seen from the Q direction, and corresponds to FIGS. 32 (a) and 32 (b) of the above embodiment, respectively.
[0245] これら図 42 (a)及び図 42 (b)において、この変形例では、ボス部 601の先端側の 径方向外側複数箇所 (この例では 4箇所、詳細には上記狭片部 601aの先端側)に 外開き張出形状のギヤ付き突起部 (係合用凸部、回転止め部) 602^ を備えている。 これに対応して、リール部材 402aには、その径方向内側の略全周にわたって周方 向多数箇所に、上記ボス部 601のギヤ付き突起部 602のギヤとそれぞれ係合(嚙合 )可能な(内歯)ギヤ部 702 (係合用凹部)を備えて!/、る。 In FIG. 42 (a) and FIG. 42 (b), in this modification, a plurality of radially outer side locations on the tip side of the boss portion 601 (in this example, four locations, in detail, the narrow piece portion 601a On the tip side, there is a geared protrusion (engagement convex part, anti-rotation part) 602 ^ with an outwardly extending shape. Correspondingly, the reel member 402a can be engaged (engaged) with the gears of the protrusions 602 with gears of the boss portion 601 at a number of locations in the circumferential direction over substantially the entire inner circumference in the radial direction ( Inner teeth) Gear part 702 (engagement recess) is provided!
[0246] 本変形例にお!、ては、径方向内側への変形性を備えたボス部 601のギヤ付き突起 部 602をリール部材 402aの径方向内側のギヤ部 702に係合(嚙合)させることで、上 記実施形態と同様、リール部材 402aを確実に回転不能とし、操作者による不用意な テープの引き出しを未然に防止することができる。  [0246] In this modified example, the geared protrusion 602 of the boss 601 that is radially inwardly deformable is engaged (combined) with the gear 702 on the radially inner side of the reel member 402a. By doing so, similarly to the above embodiment, the reel member 402a can be reliably made non-rotatable, and inadvertent withdrawal of the tape by the operator can be prevented beforehand.
[0247] (2- 2)リール回転止め構造のバリエーション(その 2)  [0247] (2-2) Variation of reel rotation stop structure (part 2)
上記実施形態や(2— 1)の変形例のように係合構造でリール部材 402aの回転止 めを実行するのでなぐ接触による摩擦によって回転止めを行うようにしてもよい。  Since the rotation stop of the reel member 402a is executed with the engagement structure as in the above embodiment and the modification of (2-1), the rotation may be stopped by friction caused by contact.
[0248] 図 43 (a)は、そのような変形例の第 1ロール 402のリール部材 402aのカートリッジ 筐体 400Aの取り付け構造を表す側断面図、図 43 (b)は図 43 (a)中 R方向から見た 下面図であり、それぞれ上記実施形態の図 32 (a)及び図 32 (b)、あるいは上記(2— 1)の変形例の図 42 (a)及び図 42 (b)に対応する図である。 FIG. 43 (a) shows a cartridge of the reel member 402a of the first roll 402 of such a modification. A side sectional view showing the mounting structure of the housing 400A, FIG. 43 (b) is a bottom view seen from the direction R in FIG. 43 (a), and FIGS. 32 (a) and 32 (b) of the above embodiment, respectively. FIG. 42 is a diagram corresponding to FIG. 42 (a) and FIG. 42 (b) of the modified example of (2-1).
[0249] これら図 43 (a)及び図 43 (b)において、この変形例では、ボス部 601の径方向外 側に摩擦係数の高い粗面領域(回転止め部) 605を備えている。この粗面領域は、 公知の粗面加工や粗面仕上げを行ったもので、上記狭片部 60 laの外側にのみ設 けてもよいし、補助的に広狭部 601bの外側にも設けることも考えられる。  43 (a) and 43 (b), in this modification, a rough surface region (rotation stop portion) 605 having a high friction coefficient is provided on the radially outer side of the boss portion 601. This rough surface area is obtained by performing known rough surface processing or rough surface finishing, and may be provided only on the outside of the narrow piece portion 60 la or supplementarily on the outside of the wide and narrow portion 601b. Is also possible.
[0250] 本変形例にお!、ては、径方向内側への変形性を備えたボス部 601の粗面領域 60 5をリール部材 402aの径方向内側に接触させることで、上記実施形態と同様、リール 部材 402aを確実に回転不能とし、操作者による不用意なテープの引き出しを未然に 防止することができる。なお、リール部材 402aの径方向内側のうち上記粗面領域 60 5と接触する領域 703についても、摩擦抵抗を高めるために、同様の粗面領域として ちょい。  [0250] In this modified example, the rough surface region 605 of the boss portion 601 having the radially inward deformability is brought into contact with the radially inner side of the reel member 402a. Similarly, the reel member 402a can be reliably made non-rotatable to prevent the operator from inadvertently pulling out the tape. In addition, the region 703 that contacts the rough surface region 605 in the radially inner side of the reel member 402a is also a similar rough surface region in order to increase the frictional resistance.
[0251] なお、上記のようにボス部 601の軸方向全長においてリール部材 402aの径方向内 側と接触させるのでなぐ対応するボス部 601の少なくとも一部を段付き形状とし、軸 方向一部のみを接触させてもよい。  [0251] Note that at least a part of the corresponding boss part 601 has a stepped shape because it is in contact with the radially inner side of the reel member 402a over the entire axial length of the boss part 601 as described above, and only a part in the axial direction is provided. May be contacted.
[0252] 図 44 (a)及び図 44 (b)はそのような例を表しており、上記図 43 (a)及び図 43 (b)に 対応する図である。この例では、狭片部 601aを大径部 601aAと小径部 601aBとか らなる段付き構造とし、大径部 601 aAに設けた粗面領域 605^ をリール部材 402a の対応する領域 703' に接触させて回り止めを行う。  FIG. 44 (a) and FIG. 44 (b) show such an example, and correspond to FIG. 43 (a) and FIG. 43 (b). In this example, the narrow piece 601a has a stepped structure consisting of a large diameter portion 601aA and a small diameter portion 601aB, and the rough surface region 605 ^ provided in the large diameter portion 601aA contacts the corresponding region 703 ′ of the reel member 402a. To prevent rotation.
[0253] さらに図 45 (a)及び図 45 (b)に示すように、狭片部 601aを先端側(図 45 (a)中下 端側)に向力つて拡径する形状とし (この場合、合わせて広片部 601bもそのような形 状としてもよい)、先端部近傍の所定領域に設けた粗面領域 60 をリール部材 402 aの対応する領域 703' に接触させて回り止めを行うようにしてもよ!、。  [0253] Further, as shown in Fig. 45 (a) and Fig. 45 (b), the narrow piece 601a is shaped to expand toward the tip side (Fig. 45 (a) middle lower end side) by force (in this case) In addition, the wide piece portion 601b may have such a shape), and the rough surface region 60 provided in a predetermined region near the tip is brought into contact with the corresponding region 703 ′ of the reel member 402a to prevent rotation. You can do it!
[0254] これら変形例にぉ 、ては、径方向内側への変形性を備えたボス部 601の径方向外 佃 Jに設けた粗面領域 605, 605' をリーノレ咅材 402aの径方向内佃 Jの領域 604, 60 4' に接触させることで、上記実施形態と同様、リール部材 402aを確実に回転不能 とし、操作者による不用意なテープの引き出しを未然に防止することができる。 [0255] (2— 3)無線タグ回路素子 Toから情報読み取りのみを行う場合 [0254] In these modified examples, the rough surface regions 605 and 605 'provided on the radially outer side J of the boss portion 601 having a radially inwardly deformable property are arranged on the inner side in the radial direction of the Linole material 402a. By making contact with the region 604, 604 ′ of 佃 J, the reel member 402a can be reliably prevented from rotating similarly to the above-described embodiment, and inadvertent pulling of the tape by the operator can be prevented. [0255] (2-3) When reading information from RFID circuit element To only
以上においては、無線タグ回路素子 Toに対し無線タグ情報を送信し IC回路部 15 0に書き込みを行う場合を例にとって説明したが、これに限られない。すなわち、予め 所定の無線タグ情報が書き換え不可に記憶保持されている読み取り専用の無線タグ 回路素子 To力 無線タグ情報を読み取りながら、これに対応する印字を行ってラベ ル Tを作成する場合があり、このような場合にも適用可能である。  In the above description, the case where the RFID tag information is transmitted to the RFID circuit element To and written to the IC circuit unit 150 has been described as an example. However, the present invention is not limited to this. In other words, the read-only RFID tag circuit element To force in which predetermined RFID tag information is stored in a non-rewritable state in advance may be created while reading the RFID tag information and performing the corresponding printing to create the label T. This is also applicable to such a case.
[0256] この場合には、図 40におけるステップ S405においては印字情報のみを読み取り、 ステップ S500で無線タグ情報読み取り ·印字処理を行うようにすればよ ヽ(詳細は後 述の図 46参照)。その後ステップ S430では印字情報とその読み取った無線タグ情 報との組み合わせを保存する。  [0256] In this case, only the print information is read in step S405 in FIG. 40, and the RFID tag information reading / printing process is performed in step S500 (for details, see FIG. 46 described later). Thereafter, in step S430, the combination of the print information and the read RFID tag information is stored.
[0257] 図 46は、上記無線タグ情報読み取り ·印字処理の詳細手順を表すフローチャート である。  FIG. 46 is a flowchart showing the detailed procedure of the RFID tag information reading / printing process.
[0258] 図 46において、まずステップ S800において、図 41のステップ S600と同様、印刷 駆動回路 325に制御信号を出力し、印字ヘッド 310を通電して、被印字テープ 403 のうち処理対象となる無線タグ回路素子 Toに対応する領域 (圧着ローラ 407により当 該無線タグ回路素子 Toの裏面に貼り合わせることとなる領域)に、前述の図 40のス テツプ S405で読み込んだ文字、記号、バーコード等の印字 Rを印刷させる。  In FIG. 46, first, in step S800, as in step S600 of FIG. 41, a control signal is output to the print drive circuit 325, the print head 310 is energized, and the wireless to be processed in the print-receiving tape 403 is processed. Characters, symbols, barcodes, etc. read in step S405 of FIG. 40 described above in the area corresponding to tag circuit element To (area to be bonded to the back side of RFID tag circuit element To by pressing roller 407) Print R. Print R.
[0259] その後、ステップ S801において、無線タグ回路素子 Toに記憶された情報を読み出 す「Scroll All ID」コマンドを信号処理回路 202に出力する。これに基づき信号処理回 路 202で無線タグ情報としての「Scroll All ID」信号が生成されて高周波回路 201を 介して読み取り対象の無線タグ回路素子 Toに送信され、返信を促す。  [0259] After that, in step S801, a "Scroll All ID" command for reading information stored in the RFID circuit element To is output to the signal processing circuit 202. Based on this, a “Scroll All ID” signal as RFID tag information is generated in the signal processing circuit 202 and transmitted to the RFID tag circuit element To to be read via the high frequency circuit 201 to prompt a reply.
[0260] 次に、ステップ S802〖こおいて、上記「Scroll All ID」信号に対応して読み取り対象 の無線タグ回路素子 Toから送信されたリプライ信号 (タグ Iひ f青報等を含む無線タグ 情報)をアンテナ 314を介して受信し、高周波回路 201及び信号処理回路 202を介 し取り込む。  [0260] Next, in step S802, in response to the "Scroll All ID" signal, the reply signal transmitted from the RFID tag circuit element To to be read (the RFID tag including the tag I and the blueprint) Information) is received via the antenna 314 and taken in via the high-frequency circuit 201 and the signal processing circuit 202.
[0261] 次に、ステップ S803において、上記ステップ S802で受信したリプライ信号に誤りが な!、か否かを公知の誤り検出符号 (CRC符号; Cyclic  [0261] Next, in step S803, whether or not there is an error in the reply signal received in step S802 is determined as a known error detection code (CRC code; Cyclic
Redundancy Check等)を用いて判定する。 [0262] 判定が満たされない場合はステップ S804に移って Nに 1をカ卩え、さらにステップ S8 05において N = 5かどうかが判定される。 N≤ 4の場合は判定が満たされずステップ S801に戻り同様の手 j噴を繰り返す。 N = 5の場合はステップ S806に移り、エラー表 示信号を入出力インターフェイス 331及び通信回線 303を介し上記端末 305又は汎 用コンピュータ 306へ出力し、対応する読み取り失敗 (エラー)表示を行わせた後、ス テツプ S807でフラグ F= lとしてこのルーチンを終了する。このように、情報読み取り が不調でも 5回までは再試行が行われることにより、読み取り信頼性の確保上、万全 を期すことができる。 Redundancy Check etc.) [0262] If the determination is not satisfied, the process moves to step S804, 1 is added to N, and it is further determined in step S805 whether N = 5. If N≤4, the judgment is not satisfied and the routine returns to step S801 and repeats the same hand j injection. If N = 5, the process proceeds to step S806, and an error display signal is output to the terminal 305 or general-purpose computer 306 via the input / output interface 331 and the communication line 303, and the corresponding reading failure (error) is displayed. Thereafter, in step S807, the routine is ended with the flag F = l. In this way, even if information reading is unsuccessful, retrying is performed up to five times, so that the reading reliability can be ensured.
[0263] ステップ S803の判定が満たされた場合、読み取り対象とする無線タグ回路素子 To 力もの無線タグ情報の読み取りが完了し、このルーチンを終了する。  [0263] If the determination in step S803 is satisfied, reading of the RFID tag information of the RFID circuit element To power to be read is completed, and this routine is terminated.
[0264] 以上のルーチンにより、カートリッジ内の読み取り対象の無線タグ回路素子 Toに対 し、 IC回路部 150の無線タグ情報 (タグ識別情報等)にアクセスし、これを読み出すこ とがでさる。  [0264] By the above routine, the RFID circuit element To to be read in the cartridge is accessed and read out from the RFID tag information (tag identification information, etc.) of the IC circuit unit 150.
[0265] この変形例においても、上記実施形態同様の効果を得る。  [0265] Also in this modification, the same effect as in the above embodiment is obtained.
[0266] (2— 4)径方向外側に係合する構造  [2266] (2-4) Structure that engages radially outward
以上においては、リール部材 402aの径方向内側に筐体上カバー部 400AUのボ ス部 601 (弾性ボス部材)を設け、その径方向外側に設けた突起部 602 (係合用凸部 、回転止め部)をリール部材 402aの径方向内側に設けた溝部 701 (係合用凹部)に 係合させて(図 43の例ではボス部 601の径方向外側に設けた回転止め部としての粗 面領域 605をリール部材 402aの内側に接触させて)回転不能とし、さらにボス部 60 1を略テーパ面 901 (駆動操作部)で径方向内側に駆動操作することで、上記の係合 (図 43の例では接触)を解放しリール部材 402aを回転可能とした。し力しながら、本 発明の適用はこのような態様に限られるものではなぐ上記内側と外側の関係を逆に して係合 (又は接触)させるようにしてもょ 、。  In the above, the box portion 601 (elastic boss member) of the housing upper cover portion 400AU is provided on the radially inner side of the reel member 402a, and the protruding portion 602 (engaging convex portion, rotation preventing portion) provided on the radially outer side thereof. ) Is engaged with a groove portion 701 (engagement recess) provided on the radially inner side of the reel member 402a (in the example of FIG. 43, a rough surface region 605 as a rotation stop portion provided on the radially outer side of the boss portion 601 is formed. By making the boss portion 60 1 non-rotatable (in contact with the inner side of the reel member 402a) and further driving the boss portion 601 radially inward with a substantially tapered surface 901 (drive operation portion) (in the example of FIG. 43) The reel member 402a is rotatable. However, the application of the present invention is not limited to such a mode, and the relationship between the inner side and the outer side may be reversed (engaged (or contacted)).
[0267] 図 47はそのような変形例の概略構造を表しており、図 47 (a)はこの変形例における リール部材の取り付け構造を表す側断面図であって前述の図 32 (a)や図 36 (a)等 に概ね対応する図であり、図 47 (b)は図 47 (a)中のリール部材 402a' を抽出して表 す上方からの(図 47 (a) XXXXVII方向からの)斜視図である。 [0268] これら図 47 (a)及び図 47 (b)において、この例では、リール部材 402a"の径方向 外側に筐体上カバー部 400AUのボス部 601〃 (弾性ボス部材)を設け、その径方向 内側に設けた突起部 602" (係合用凸部、回転止め部)をリール部材 402 の径 方向外側に設けた溝部 701" ( =係合用凹部。ここでは図示略。あるいは溝を設け なくても良 、)に係合させて(図 43の例を変形した場合はボス部の径方向内側に設 けた回転止め部としての粗面領域をリール部材 402a"の外側に接触させて)回転 不能とし、さらにボス部 601〃を適宜の駆動操作部で径方向外側に駆動操作する( 図 47 (a)中矢印参照)ことで、上記の係合 (あるいは接触)を解放しリール部材 402a "を回転可能とする場合である。 FIG. 47 shows a schematic structure of such a modification, and FIG. 47 (a) is a side sectional view showing the mounting structure of the reel member in this modification, and FIG. 32 (a) and FIG. Fig. 36 (a) is a diagram that roughly corresponds to Fig. 36 (a). Fig. 47 (b) shows the reel member 402a 'in Fig. 47 (a) extracted from the top (Fig. 47 (a) from the XXXXVII direction. FIG. In these examples in FIGS. 47 (a) and 47 (b), in this example, the boss portion 601〃 (elastic boss member) of the housing upper cover portion 400AU is provided on the radially outer side of the reel member 402a ”. Protruding portion 602 "(engaging convex portion, anti-rotation portion) provided on the radially inner side is a groove portion 701" (= engaging concave portion, not shown here, or not provided with a groove) provided on the radially outer side of the reel member 402. (If the example of FIG. 43 is modified, the rough surface area as a rotation stop provided radially inside the boss is brought into contact with the outside of the reel member 402a "). Further, by disengaging the boss portion 601〃 radially outward with an appropriate drive operation portion (see the arrow in FIG. 47 (a)), the above engagement (or contact) is released and the reel member 402a " Is rotatable.
[0269] 本変形例においても、ボス部 601 によって上記基材テープ 401の回り止めを行う ことにより、前述と同様、従来構造と異なりカートリッジ 400に別部材を新たに追加す ることなく上記テープ回り止め機能を実現でき、コスト低減及び省スペース化を図れる ヽぅ本発明本来の効果を得ることができる。  [0269] Also in this modified example, by preventing the base tape 401 from rotating by the boss portion 601, unlike the conventional structure, the tape around the tape is added without adding another member to the cartridge 400, unlike the conventional structure. A stop function can be realized, and cost reduction and space saving can be achieved. The original effect of the present invention can be obtained.
[0270] なお、詳細な説明は省略するが、前述と同様、本変形例においても、制御回路 330 力 カートリッジ駆動回路 324及びカートリッジ用モータ 323を介し、駆動時における 基材テープ 401の位置決め精度力 上記リール部材 402a" と上記ボス部 601" と の係合時の余裕寸法 (ガタ)より大きくなるように圧着ローラ駆動軸 312を駆動制御す るようにすれば、リール部材 402 を回転不能(ロック)状態としさらにその後回転可 能状態に復帰させた場合に位置ずれが発生したとしても、圧着ローラ駆動軸 312を 駆動してラベル作成を開始したときの位置決めに影響を与えな 、ようにできると!、う 前述と同様の効果を得る。  [0270] Although detailed description is omitted, in this modified example as well, the positioning accuracy force of the base tape 401 at the time of driving via the control circuit 330 force cartridge driving circuit 324 and cartridge motor 323 is also the same as above. If the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is driven and controlled to be larger than the margin (backlash) at the time of engagement between the reel member 402a "and the boss portion 601", the reel member 402 cannot be rotated (locked). ) State and then return to the rotatable state, even if a positional deviation occurs, it can be done without affecting the positioning when the pressure roller driving shaft 312 is driven to start label production. !, U Get the same effect as above.
[0271] (2— 5)その他  [0271] (2—5) Other
以上においては、カートリッジ 400の内部を移動中のテープ 401,及び 403に対し て無線タグ情報の読み取り '書き込みや印字を行う例を示したが、これに限られず、 それらテープを所定位置で停止させて(さらに読み取り '書き込みについては所定の 搬送ガイドにて保持した状態で)上記印字や読み取り ·書き込みを行うようにしてもよ い。  In the above, an example is shown in which RFID tag information is read, written, or printed on the tapes 401 and 403 moving inside the cartridge 400. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the tapes are stopped at predetermined positions. The above printing, reading and writing may also be performed (with reading and writing being held by a predetermined conveyance guide).
[0272] また、以上においては、ラベル用テープとして無線タグ回路素子 Toを備えた基材テ ープ 401を用いた場合を例にとって説明した力 これに限られず、そのような無線タ グ回路素子 Toのな ヽ通常の基材テープを用いたり、あるいはそのようなラベル作成 装置 (アンテナ 314やこれに対応する信号処理回路 202及び高周波回路 201等の ないもの)に本発明を適用してもよい。この場合も本発明本来の効果である、カートリ ッジに別部材を新たに追加することなく上記テープ回り止め機能を実現し、コスト低 減及び省スペース化を図れるという効果を得ることができる。 [0272] Further, in the above, the substrate tape provided with the RFID circuit element To as the label tape. The force described with reference to the case of using the group 401 is not limited to this, but a normal substrate tape such as the wireless tag circuit element To or a label producing device (such as the antenna 314 or the like) is used. The present invention may be applied to a signal processing circuit 202 and a high-frequency circuit 201 corresponding to this. In this case as well, the effect of the present invention, which is the original effect of the present invention, is that the tape detent function can be realized without adding another member to the cartridge, and the cost can be reduced and the space can be saved.
[0273] さらに、以上で用いた「Scroll All ID」信号、「Erase」信号、「Verify」信号、「Program」 信号、「Kill」信号、「Sleep」信号とは、 EPC globalが策定した仕様に準拠しているも のとする。 EPC globalは、流通コードの国際機関である国際 EAN協会と、米国の 流通コード機関である Uniformed Code Council (UCC)が共同で設立した非営 利法人である。なお、他の規格に準拠した信号でも、同様の機能を果たすものであ ればよい。 [0273] Furthermore, the "Scroll All ID" signal, "Erase" signal, "Verify" signal, "Program" signal, "Kill" signal, and "Sleep" signal used above are the specifications established by EPC global. It shall be compliant. EPC global is a non-profit corporation established jointly by the International EAN Association, an international organization for distribution codes, and the Uniformed Code Council (UCC), a US distribution code organization. Signals that conform to other standards need only perform the same function.
[0274] その他、一々例示はしないが、本発明は、その趣旨を逸脱しない範囲内において、 種々の変更が加えられて実施されるものである。  [0274] In addition, although not illustrated one by one, the present invention is implemented with various modifications within a range not departing from the gist thereof.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] ラベル用テープ(3A ;401)を繰り出し可能に保持したテープ保持体(100;400)で あって、  [1] A tape holder (100; 400) holding a label tape (3A; 401) so that it can be fed out.
前記ラベル用テープ(3A;401)を卷回したリール部材(3B;402a, 402a〃 )と、 前記ラベル用テープ(3A;401)の弛みを防止する弛み防止手段(101, 102;601 The reel member (3B; 402a, 402a) around which the label tape (3A; 401) is wound, and the slack prevention means (101, 102; 601) for preventing the label tape (3A; 401) from loosening
, 601〃 )を備え、前記リール部材(3B;402a, 402a〃 )を回転可能に支持する支持 部(3;400A)と , 601〃) and a support portion (3; 400A) for rotatably supporting the reel member (3B; 402a, 402a〃)
を有することを特徴とするテープ保持体( 100; 400)。  A tape holder (100; 400), characterized by comprising:
[2] 請求項 1記載のテープ保持体において、 [2] The tape holder according to claim 1,
前記リール部材(3B)は、前記ラベル用テープとして、所定の情報を記憶する IC回 路部(150)及びこの IC回路部(150)に接続され情報の送受信を行うタグ側アンテナ (151)を備えた無線タグ回路素子 (To)が長手方向に複数個配置されたタグテープ (3A)を、ロール状に卷回しており、  The reel member (3B) has an IC circuit part (150) for storing predetermined information and a tag side antenna (151) connected to the IC circuit part (150) for transmitting and receiving information as the label tape. A tag tape (3A) in which a plurality of RFID circuit elements (To) provided are arranged in a longitudinal direction is wound in a roll shape,
前記支持部(3)は、前記弛み防止手段として前記リール部材(3B)力 前記ロール 状のタグテープ(3A)がばらけるのを防止するためのばらけ防止手段(101 ; 102)を 備え、当該リール部材(3B)を回転可能に支持するテープホルダ(3)であり、 前記 IC回路部(150)の無線タグ情報にアクセスするアクセス情報を生成するととも にそのアクセス情報を無線通信により非接触で前記タグ側アンテナ(151)に伝達し 前記 IC回路部(150)の前記無線タグ情報にアクセスするラベル作成装置(1)に着 脱可能に構成される  The support portion (3) includes a flaking prevention means (101; 102) for preventing the reel-like tag tape (3A) from flaking as the loosening prevention means. A tape holder (3) that rotatably supports the reel member (3B), generates access information for accessing the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit (150), and non-contacts the access information by wireless communication Is configured to be attachable / detachable to / from the label producing device (1) for transmitting to the tag side antenna (151) and accessing the RFID tag information of the IC circuit unit (150)
ことを特徴とするテープ保持体( 100)。  A tape holder (100) characterized by that.
[3] 請求項 2記載のテープ保持体において、 [3] The tape holder according to claim 2,
前記ばらけ防止手段は、前記タグテープ(3A)の長手方向端部又は幅方向縁部を 挿入し係止する切り欠き部(101)であることを特徴とするテープ保持体(100)。  The tape holder (100), wherein the anti-scattering means is a notch (101) for inserting and locking the longitudinal end or the widthwise edge of the tag tape (3A).
[4] 請求項 3記載のテープ保持体において、 [4] The tape holder according to claim 3,
前記テープホルダ(3)は、  The tape holder (3)
前記リール部材(3B)の軸方向両側にその軸線と略直交するように配設される一方 側側壁部(20)及び他方側側壁部(12)と、 これら側壁部(20, 12)のいずれかに接続され前記ラベル作成装置(1)に配置され たセンサ手段(S1〜S4)と協働して前記タグテープ(3A)の種類を特定するタグテー プ特定部(60)とを有し、 One side wall portion (20) and the other side wall portion (12) disposed on both sides in the axial direction of the reel member (3B) so as to be substantially orthogonal to the axis thereof; Tag tape that identifies the type of the tag tape (3A) in cooperation with the sensor means (S1 to S4) connected to one of these side wall portions (20, 12) and disposed in the label producing device (1) With a specific part (60),
前記切り欠き部(100)は、前記一方側側壁部(20)、前記他方側側壁部(12)、及 び前記タグテープ特定部(60)のうち少なくとも 1つに設けられていることを特徴とする テープ保持体(100)。  The notch (100) is provided in at least one of the one side wall (20), the other side wall (12), and the tag tape specifying part (60). Tape holder (100).
請求項 3又は 4記載のテープ保持体にぉ 、て、  The tape holder according to claim 3 or 4,
前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)は、前記タグテープ(3A)の幅方向一方側に配置され ており、  The RFID circuit element (To) is disposed on one side in the width direction of the tag tape (3A),
前記切り欠き部(100)は、前記一方側側壁部(20)及び前記他方側側壁部(12) のうち、前記幅方向他方側に対応する側壁部(12)に設けられていることを特徴とす るテープ保持体(100)。  The notch (100) is provided in a side wall (12) corresponding to the other side in the width direction among the one side wall (20) and the other side wall (12). Tape holder (100).
請求項 2記載のテープ保持体にお 、て、  In the tape holder according to claim 2,
前記ばらけ防止手段は、前記テープホルダ(3)において前記リール部材(3B)の軸 方向両側を回転可能に支持するように配設され、前記ラベル作成装置に取り付けた ときには前記リール部材 (3B)の支持部近傍における互いの距離が離れる一方で前 記ラベル作成装置(1)より取り外したときには前記リール部材 (3B)支持部近傍にお ける互 、の距離が近づき前記ロール状のタグテープ(3A)の側面を押圧するように構 成された、一方側側壁部(20)及び他方側側壁部(12)であることを特徴とするテー プ保持体。  The anti-scattering means is disposed so as to rotatably support both sides in the axial direction of the reel member (3B) in the tape holder (3), and when attached to the label producing apparatus, the reel member (3B) While the distance between the supporting portions of the reel member (3B) is removed from the label producing device (1), the distance between the reel members (3B) near the supporting portion becomes closer and the roll-shaped tag tape (3A The side wall (20) and the other side wall (12) are configured to press the side surface of the tape holding body.
請求項 6記載のテープ保持体にお 、て、  In the tape holder according to claim 6,
前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)は、前記タグテープ(3A)の幅方向一方側に配置され ており、  The RFID circuit element (To) is disposed on one side in the width direction of the tag tape (3A),
前記一方側側壁部(20)及び前記他方側側壁部(12)のうち前記幅方向一方側に 対応する側壁部(20)は、前記幅方向他方側に対応する側壁部(12)よりも大きな面 積を備えて 、ることを特徴とするテープ保持体( 100)。  Of the one side wall portion (20) and the other side wall portion (12), the side wall portion (20) corresponding to the one side in the width direction is larger than the side wall portion (12) corresponding to the other side in the width direction. A tape holder (100) characterized by having an area.
請求項 2記載のテープ保持体にお 、て、  In the tape holder according to claim 2,
前記テープホルダ(3)は、前記リール部材(3B)の軸方向両側にその軸線と略直交 するように配設される一方側側壁部(20)及び他方側側壁部(12)を有し、 前記ばらけ防止手段は、前記テープホルダ(3)において前記リール部材(3B)の軸 方向と直交する方向にスライド可能となるように前記一方側側壁部(20)及び前記他 方側側壁部(12)に接続され、前記テープホルダ (3)を前記ラベル作成装置(1)に 取り付けたときには前記リール部材(3B)力も離れる方向にスライドする一方で前記テ ープホルダ (3)を前記ラベル作成装置(1)より取り外したときには前記リール部材(3 B)に近づく方向にスライドし前記ロール状のタグテープ(3A)を押圧するように構成 されたスライド押圧部材(102)であることを特徴とするテープ保持体( 100)。 The tape holder (3) is substantially orthogonal to the axis on both axial sides of the reel member (3B). One side wall portion (20) and the other side wall portion (12) arranged so that the anti-separation means includes: an axial direction of the reel member (3B) in the tape holder (3); When the tape holder (3) is attached to the label producing device (1), connected to the one side wall (20) and the other side wall (12) so as to be slidable in the orthogonal direction. The reel member (3B) slides in a direction away from the force, while the tape holder (3) is slid in the direction approaching the reel member (3B) when the tape holder (3) is removed from the label producing device (1). A tape holder (100), which is a slide pressing member (102) configured to press the tape (3A).
[9] 請求項 8記載のテープ保持体において、 [9] The tape holder according to claim 8,
前記スライド押圧部材(102)は、前記タグテープのうち前記無線タグ回路素子 (To )以外の部分に当接し押圧する押圧部(104)を備えることを特徴とするテープ保持 体(100)。  The tape holding body (100), wherein the slide pressing member (102) includes a pressing portion (104) that contacts and presses a portion of the tag tape other than the RFID circuit element (To).
[10] 請求項 2乃至 9の 、ずれか 1項記載のテープ保持体にお!ヽて、  [10] The tape holder according to any one of claims 2 to 9, wherein
前記テープホルダ (3)を、電磁波遮蔽機能を備えた金属部材で構成したことを特 徴とするテープ保持体( 100)。  A tape holder (100) characterized in that the tape holder (3) is made of a metal member having an electromagnetic wave shielding function.
[11] 請求項 1記載のテープ保持体において、 [11] The tape holder according to claim 1,
前記支持部は、前記弛み防止手段として前記リール部材 (402a ;402a〃 )を回転 可能又は不能に切り替えて支持可能な切り替え支持機構 (601 ; 601" )を一体的に 備え、当該リール部材 (402a ;402a" )を回転可能に支持する筐体 (400A)であり、 この筐体 (400A)内に前記ラベル用テープ (401)を繰り出し可能に収納した ことを特徴とするテープ保持体 (400)。  The support portion is integrally provided with a switching support mechanism (601; 601 ") that can support the reel member (402a; 402a) as a means for preventing the slack from being rotated or disabled. ; 402a ") is a housing (400A) rotatably supported, and the label tape (401) is housed in the housing (400A) so as to be able to be drawn out (400) .
[12] 請求項 11記載のテープ保持体において、 [12] The tape holder according to claim 11,
前記切り替え支持機構は、前記筐体 (400A)に一体的に設けられ、前記リール部 材 (402&;402 )の径方向内側又は外側に弾性変形可能な弾性ボス部材 (601; 601グ )を備えることを特徴とするテープ保持体 (400)。  The switching support mechanism is provided integrally with the casing (400A), and includes an elastic boss member (601; 601g) that can be elastically deformed radially inward or outward of the reel member (402 &; 402). Tape holder (400) characterized in that.
[13] 請求項 12記載のテープ保持体において、 [13] The tape holder according to claim 12,
前記弾性ボス部材 (601 ; 601〃 )は、前記リール部材 (402a ;402a" )の径方向 の内側又は外側に係合又は接触して回転不能とする回転止め部(602 ; 602^ ; 60 2" ; 605 ; 605' )を備えることを特徴とするテープ保持体 (400)。 The elastic boss member (601; 601〃) engages or contacts the inner or outer side in the radial direction of the reel member (402a; 402a ") to prevent rotation, thereby preventing rotation (602; 602 ^; 60). 2 ";605; 605 ').
[14] 請求項 13記載のテープ保持体において、 [14] The tape holder according to claim 13,
前記リール部材 (402a ;402a〃 )は、その径方向内側又は外側に係合用凹部(70 1 ; 70 / ; 702)を備えており、  The reel member (402a; 402a) includes an engagement recess (701; 70 /; 702) on the radially inner side or the outer side,
前記回転止め部は、その径方向外側又は内側に前記係合用凹部(701 ; 701〃 ; 7 02)と係合可能な係合用凸部(602 ; 60^ ; 602// )を備えていることを特徴とする テープ保持体 (400)。 The anti-rotation portion has an engaging convex portion (602; 60 ^; 602 // ) that can be engaged with the engaging concave portion (701; 701〃; 702) on the radially outer side or the inner side. Tape holder (400) characterized by
[15] 請求項 14記載のテープ保持体において、 [15] The tape holder according to claim 14,
前記回転止め部の前記係合用凸部(602 ; 602' ; 602〃)は周方向 3箇所又は 4 箇所に設けられており、  The engaging convex portions (602; 602 ′; 602〃) of the rotation stop portion are provided at three or four circumferential directions,
前記リール部材 (402& ;402 )の係合用凹部(701 ; 701" ; 702)は前記係合 用凸部(602 ; 602^ ; 602" )の配置箇所数の整数倍の箇所に設けられていること を特徴とするテープ保持体 (400)。  The engaging recesses (701; 701 "; 702) of the reel member (402 &; 402) are provided at locations that are an integral multiple of the number of locations of the engaging protrusions (602; 602 ^; 602"). Tape holder (400) characterized by the above.
[16] 請求項 13記載のテープ保持体において、 [16] The tape holder according to claim 13,
前記回転止め部は、その径方向外側又は内側に、前記リール部材 (402a ; 402a " )の内側又は外側に接触して回転不能とする粗面領域 (605 ; 60 )を備えてい ることを特徴とするテープ保持体 (400)。  The anti-rotation portion includes a rough surface region (605; 60) which is in contact with the inner or outer side of the reel member (402a; 402a ") and cannot be rotated on the outer side or the inner side in the radial direction. Tape holder (400).
[17] 請求項 13乃至 16のいずれか 1項記載のテープ保持体において、 [17] The tape holder according to any one of claims 13 to 16,
前記弾性ボス部材 (601)は、径方向内側又は外側に駆動操作されることで前記回 転止め部(602)の前記リール部材 (402a)との接触又は係合を解放し、前記リール 部材 (402a)を回転可能とする被駆動操作部(603)を備えることを特徴とするテープ 保持体 (400)。  The elastic boss member (601) is driven inward or outward in the radial direction to release the contact or engagement of the anti-rotation portion (602) with the reel member (402a), and the reel member ( 402a) A tape holder (400) comprising a driven operation section (603) that allows rotation of 402a).
[18] 請求項 11乃至 17のいずれか 1項記載のテープ保持体において、  [18] The tape holder according to any one of claims 11 to 17,
前記ラベル用テープは、複数の無線タグ回路素子 (To)を長手方向に所定ピッチ で配置したタグテープ (401)であることを特徴とするテープ保持体 (400)。  The tape holder (400), wherein the label tape is a tag tape (401) in which a plurality of RFID circuit elements (To) are arranged at a predetermined pitch in the longitudinal direction.
[19] 筐体 (400A)、前記筐体 (400A)に一体的に設けられ径方向内側又は外側に弹 性変形可能な弾性ボス部材 (601 601 )、及び、この弾性ボス部材 (601 601 の径方向外側又は内側に回転可能に配置され前記ラベル用テープ (401)を卷回し たリール部材 (402a; 402aグ )を有するテープ保持体 (400)を保持する保持体ホル ダ部と、 [19] The housing (400A), the elastic boss member (601 601) provided integrally with the housing (400A) and capable of elastically deforming radially inward or outward, and the elastic boss member (601 601 The label tape (401), which is rotatably arranged radially outside or inside, is wound. A holder holder for holding a tape holder (400) having a reel member (402a; 402a);
この保持体ホルダ部に保持された前記テープ保持体 (400)の前記リール部材 (40 2a ;402a// )を駆動して前記ラベル用テープ (401)を繰り出すための駆動手段(31Driving means (31) for driving the reel member (402a; 402a // ) of the tape holder (400) held by the holder holder part and feeding the label tape (401)
2)とを有することを特徴とするラベル作成装置。 And 2) a label producing apparatus.
[20] 請求項 19記載のラベル作成装置において、 [20] The label producing apparatus according to claim 19,
前記保持体ホルダ部は、前記弾性ボス部材 (601)に備えられた被駆動操作部(60 The holder holder part is a driven operation part (60 provided in the elastic boss member (601).
3)を径方向内側又は外側に駆動操作し前記弾性ボス部材 (601)を径方向内側又 は外側に弾性変形させる駆動操作部(901)を備えることを特徴とするラベル作成装 置(302)。 3) A label producing device (302) comprising a drive operation unit (901) for driving the elastic boss member (601) radially inward or outward by driving it inwardly or outwardly in the radial direction. .
[21] 請求項 20記載のラベル作成装置にぉ 、て、  [21] In the label producing apparatus according to claim 20,
前記駆動操作部(901)は、前記被駆動操作部 (603)が貫入されるに従い径方向 内側又は外側へと誘導する略テーパ状の面であることを特徴とするラベル作成装置( 302)。  The label producing device (302), wherein the drive operation unit (901) is a substantially tapered surface that is guided radially inward or outward as the driven operation unit (603) is inserted.
[22] 請求項 19乃至 21のいずれか 1項記載のラベル作成装置において、  [22] In the label producing apparatus according to any one of claims 19 to 21,
前記駆動手段(312)を、その駆動時における前記ラベル用テープ (401)の位置 決め精度が、前記テープ保持体 (400)のリール部材 (402a ; 402a" )の径方向内 側又は外側に設けた係合用凹部(701 ; 701" )と前記弾性ボス部材 (601 ; 601" ) の径方向外側又は内側に設けた係合用凸部(602; 602" )との係合時の余裕寸法 より大きくなるように、駆動制御する制御手段(330)を有することを特徴とするラベル 作成装置 (302)。  The drive means (312) is provided with positioning accuracy of the label tape (401) at the time of driving on the inner side or the outer side of the reel member (402a; 402a ") of the tape holder (400). Larger than the allowance dimension at the time of engagement between the engaging concave portion (701; 701 ") and the engaging convex portion (602; 602") provided on the radially outer side or the inner side of the elastic boss member (601; 601 "). Thus, the label producing device (302) is characterized by having control means (330) for driving control.
[23] 請求項 19乃至 22のいずれか 1項記載のラベル作成装置において、  [23] The label producing apparatus according to any one of claims 19 to 22,
前記ラベル用テープとしてのタグテープ (401)に所定ピッチにて複数個配置された 無線タグ回路素子 (To)との間で無線通信により情報の送受信を行う装置側アンテナ (314)と、  A device-side antenna (314) for transmitting and receiving information by wireless communication with a plurality of RFID tag circuit elements (To) arranged at a predetermined pitch on the tag tape (401) as the label tape;
前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)の IC回路部(150)へのアクセス情報を生成し、前記 装置側アンテナ(314)を介して前記無線タグ回路素子 (To)へ送信し、前記無線タ グ回路素子 (To)の IC回路部への情報書き込み又は IC回路部力もの情報読み取り を行う情報アクセス手段(202, 212)とを有することを特徴とするラベル作成装置(30 2)。 Access information to the IC circuit unit (150) of the RFID circuit element (To) is generated and transmitted to the RFID circuit element (To) via the device-side antenna (314). Write information to the IC circuit of the element (To) or read information from the IC circuit And an information access means (202, 212) for performing the labeling.
PCT/JP2005/022064 2004-12-02 2005-12-01 Tape holding body and label creation device WO2006059671A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004349313A JP2006159413A (en) 2004-12-02 2004-12-02 Tag tape roll body
JP2004-349313 2004-12-02
JP2005-041784 2005-02-18
JP2005041784A JP4678205B2 (en) 2005-02-18 2005-02-18 Label making device with cartridge

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006059671A1 true WO2006059671A1 (en) 2006-06-08

Family

ID=36565104

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2005/022064 WO2006059671A1 (en) 2004-12-02 2005-12-01 Tape holding body and label creation device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2006059671A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2020295A3 (en) * 2007-08-03 2011-01-05 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Tag label producing apparatus

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5876290A (en) * 1981-10-30 1983-05-09 インタ−ナシヨナル ビジネス マシ−ンズ コ−ポレ−シヨン Ribbon cartridge for printer
JPS58131477U (en) * 1982-03-02 1983-09-05 日本コロムビア株式会社 tape clamper
JPS61178160U (en) * 1985-04-26 1986-11-06
JPH01132748U (en) * 1988-02-26 1989-09-08
JPH01134677U (en) * 1988-03-10 1989-09-13
JPH0595099U (en) * 1992-05-29 1993-12-24 澁谷工業株式会社 TAB tape transport device
JPH0725123A (en) * 1993-07-07 1995-01-27 Brother Ind Ltd Tape cassette
JPH09260807A (en) * 1996-03-22 1997-10-03 Ibiden Co Ltd Outline machining machine for printed wiring board sheets
JP2001348147A (en) * 2000-06-08 2001-12-18 Nec Data Terminal Ltd Printer with winding looseness preventing function for rolled paper
JP2003150914A (en) * 2001-11-08 2003-05-23 Canon Finetech Inc Recorder
JP2004333651A (en) * 2003-05-01 2004-11-25 Brother Ind Ltd Sheet member for radio identification label

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5876290A (en) * 1981-10-30 1983-05-09 インタ−ナシヨナル ビジネス マシ−ンズ コ−ポレ−シヨン Ribbon cartridge for printer
JPS58131477U (en) * 1982-03-02 1983-09-05 日本コロムビア株式会社 tape clamper
JPS61178160U (en) * 1985-04-26 1986-11-06
JPH01132748U (en) * 1988-02-26 1989-09-08
JPH01134677U (en) * 1988-03-10 1989-09-13
JPH0595099U (en) * 1992-05-29 1993-12-24 澁谷工業株式会社 TAB tape transport device
JPH0725123A (en) * 1993-07-07 1995-01-27 Brother Ind Ltd Tape cassette
JPH09260807A (en) * 1996-03-22 1997-10-03 Ibiden Co Ltd Outline machining machine for printed wiring board sheets
JP2001348147A (en) * 2000-06-08 2001-12-18 Nec Data Terminal Ltd Printer with winding looseness preventing function for rolled paper
JP2003150914A (en) * 2001-11-08 2003-05-23 Canon Finetech Inc Recorder
JP2004333651A (en) * 2003-05-01 2004-11-25 Brother Ind Ltd Sheet member for radio identification label

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2020295A3 (en) * 2007-08-03 2011-01-05 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Tag label producing apparatus
US8360123B2 (en) 2007-08-03 2013-01-29 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Tag label producing apparatus

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20080003043A1 (en) Apparatus for producing a label, apparatus for detecting a mark, apparatus for detecting a tape end, cartridge for producing a label roll of tape for producing a label, and marked tape
JP4561744B2 (en) Tape printer and tape cassette
US20080181708A1 (en) Tape Cassette and Tape Printer
JP4596321B2 (en) Radio tag circuit element housing and radio tag information communication apparatus
JP2008265278A (en) Label tape, label tape cartridge, and label forming device
JPWO2006033389A1 (en) Tape printer
JPWO2006033393A1 (en) Tape cassette
WO2005101306A1 (en) Radio tag circuit element cartridge, roll for electro-magnetic wave reactor label forming device, and tag label forming device
US20080266579A1 (en) Tag label editing apparatus and tag label producing apparatus
US8366223B2 (en) Apparatus for communicating with RFID tag
WO2006016638A1 (en) Label creation device
WO2006016607A1 (en) Label forming device
WO2007138977A1 (en) Wireless tag circuit element cartridge and wireless tag information communication device
JP4487181B2 (en) Radio tag information communication system and radio tag information communication apparatus
JP4678205B2 (en) Label making device with cartridge
WO2006059671A1 (en) Tape holding body and label creation device
JP2007076267A (en) Label manufacturing device
JP2006159413A (en) Tag tape roll body
JP4636375B2 (en) Label making apparatus and tape cartridge
JP2006181829A (en) Label tape roll and tape end detecting device
JP4716163B2 (en) Tag label making device
JP2006192751A (en) Tag label manufacturing apparatus
JP4711170B2 (en) Tag label making device
JP4488179B2 (en) Tag label making device roll, tag label making device cartridge, tag label making device
JP4600740B2 (en) Radio tag circuit element cartridge and radio tag information communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS KE KG KM KN KP KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV LY MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 05811337

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1